ThinkSystem Storage DE Series
ThinkSystem Storage DE Series Hot Links
ThinkSystem DE Series 2U and 4U Enclosures
Installation and Setup Instructions
Hardware Installation and Maintenance Guide
Version 11.80.1
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Quick start
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Hot add a drive shelf
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Determine host port GUIDs and make the recommended settings
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Determine host port GUIDs and make the recommended settings
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9 and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9, and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9, and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Review requirements
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.80
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.70.4
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.70.3
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Version 11.70.2
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Installation
User access
Login and navigation
Storage array discovery
Storage provisioning
Plugin removal
Appendix
Version 11.70.1
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Installing and configuring Windows Unified Host Utilities 7.0
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Configuring the NVMe/FC switches
Determine the host ports WWPNs - NVMe/FC VMware
Enable HBA Driver
NVMe/FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Linux Unified Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
NVMe over RoCE Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over RoCE restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over RoCE connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe Volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for virtual device targets (DM-MP devices)
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create filesystems
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over RoCE-specific information for Linux
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over Fibre Channel restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Step 3: Import signed certificates for controllers
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Create filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over Fibre Channel-specific information for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Multi-Path setup for Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
Version 11.60.2 and 11.60.3
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Installing and configuring Windows Unified Host Utilities 7.0
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Linux Unified Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
NVMe over RoCE Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over RoCE restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over RoCE connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe Volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for virtual device targets (DM-MP devices)
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create filesystems
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over RoCE-specific information for Linux
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over Fibre Channel restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Create filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over Fibre Channel-specific information for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Multi-Path setup for Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
Version 11.50.3 and earlier
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
ThinkSystem SAN Manager and System Manager
SAN Manager 6.1 and System Manager 11.80.1
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume overview
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Access tokens
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 6.0 and System Manager 11.80
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume overview
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Access tokens
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.4 and System Manager 11.70.4
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What do I need to know about SSD endurance and overprovisioning?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Terms
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume function
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Terms
Workflow for creating snapshot images and volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Terms
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
How mirroring works
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.3 and System Manager 11.70.3
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View array components
Manage interface settings
Set password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume function
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.2 and earlier
Version 5.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 5.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 5.0
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 4.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 4.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.0
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System Manager 11.70.2 and earlier
Version 11.70.2
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Remote Storage terminology
Remote storage requirements
Remote storage volume requirements
How tos
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don't I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities for SNMPv2c traps
Edit user settings for SNMPv3 traps
Add communities for SNMPv2c traps
Add users for SNMPv3 traps
Remove communities for SNMPv2c traps
Remove users for SNMPv3 traps
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Step 1: Complete CSRs for the controllers
Step 2: Submit the CSR files
Step 3: Import signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate information
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication with a key management server
Step 1: Complete and submit CSR for authentication with a key management server
Step 2: Import certificates for the key management server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe connections
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for controller software and firmware upgrade
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.70.1
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
Remote storage
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don't I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Step 1: Complete CSRs for the controllers
Step 2: Submit the CSR files
Step 3: Import signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate information
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication with a key management server
Step 1: Complete and submit CSR for authentication with a key management server
Step 2: Import certificates for the key management server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe connections
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for controller software and firmware upgrade
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.60.3
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Step 1: Complete and submit a CSR for the controllers
Step 2: Import signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate information
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication with a key management server
Step 1: Complete and submit CSR for authentication with a key management server
Step 2: Import certificates for the key management server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe connections
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for controller software and firmware upgrade
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.60.2
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Step 1: Complete and submit a CSR for the controllers
Step 2: Import signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate information
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for key management server
Step 1: Complete and submit CSR for a key management server
Step 2: Import key management server certificates
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager ?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe connections
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for controller software and firmware upgrade
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.3
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
SANtricity System Manager overview
Concepts
Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How do I know which host operating system type is...
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
What type of data is collected through AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
What do I do?
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Resolve critical events
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default timeframe for performance graphs
Recover from problems using recovery guru
View operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change RAID level for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is a volume?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volume
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Considerations for setting up asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Mirror volumes asynchronously
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created with AMW
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous mirroring
Concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Synchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Synchronous mirroring activation
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How tos
Mirror volumes synchronously
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Manage synchronous mirrored pairs
Test communication for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
Enable or disable legacy management interface
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
End iSCSI session
View iSCSI sessions
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How CA certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR) for the controllers
Import trusted certificates for controllers
Import a management certificate for controllers
View imported certificate information
Delete trusted certificates
Reset management certificates
Complete CA certificate signing request (CSR) for a key server
Import key management server certificates
Export key management server certificates
Enable certificate revocation checking
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager ?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for upgrading controller software and firmware
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible firmware download errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware download progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.2
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How do I know which host operating system type is...
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
What type of data is collected through AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
What do I do?
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Resolve critical events
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default timeframe for performance graphs
Recover from problems using recovery guru
View operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change RAID level for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is a volume?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volume
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Considerations for setting up asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Mirror volumes asynchronously
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created with AMW
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous mirroring
Concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Synchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Synchronous mirroring activation
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How tos
Mirror volumes synchronously
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Manage synchronous mirrored pairs
Test communication for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
Enable or disable legacy management interface
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
End iSCSI session
View iSCSI sessions
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How CA certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR) for the controllers
Import trusted certificates for controllers
Import a management certificate for controllers
View imported certificate information
Delete trusted certificates
Reset management certificates
Complete CA certificate signing request (CSR) for a key server
Import key management server certificates
Export key management server certificates
Enable certificate revocation checking
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager ?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for upgrading controller software and firmware
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible firmware download errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware download progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.1
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How do I know which host operating system type is...
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
What type of data is collected through AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
What do I do?
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Resolve critical events
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default timeframe for performance graphs
Recover from problems using recovery guru
View operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change RAID level for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is a volume?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volume
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Considerations for setting up asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Mirror volumes asynchronously
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created with AMW
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous mirroring
Concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Synchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Synchronous mirroring activation
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How tos
Mirror volumes synchronously
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Manage synchronous mirrored pairs
Test communication for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
Enable or disable legacy management interface
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
End iSCSI session
View iSCSI sessions
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How CA certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR) for the controllers
Import trusted certificates for controllers
Import a management certificate for controllers
View imported certificate information
Delete trusted certificates
Reset management certificates
Complete CA certificate signing request (CSR) for a key server
Import key management server certificates
Export key management server certificates
Enable certificate revocation checking
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager ?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for upgrading controller software and firmware
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible firmware download errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware download progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.0
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How do I know which host operating system type is...
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
What type of data is collected through AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
What do I do?
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Resolve critical events
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default timeframe for performance graphs
Recover from problems using recovery guru
View operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
About pools and volume groups
Capacity terminology
About reserved capacity
About SSD cache
SSD cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Create SSD cache
Add capacity
Manage pools and volume groups
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD cache settings
Change RAID level for a volume group
View SSD cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate volume group free capacity
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group or SSD cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD cache
Enable security
Assign hot spares
Replace drives
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is a volume?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is Full Disk Encryption?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I need reserved capacity for every member volume?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volume
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Considerations for setting up asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Mirror volumes asynchronously
Create asynchronous mirrored volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created with AMW
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous mirroring
Concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Synchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Synchronous mirroring activation
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How tos
Mirror volumes synchronously
Create synchronous mirrored volume
Manage synchronous mirrored pairs
Test communication for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase secure-enabled drive
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
Enable or disable legacy management interface
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
End iSCSI session
View iSCSI sessions
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How CA certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR) for the controllers
Import trusted certificates for controllers
Import a management certificate for controllers
View imported certificate information
Delete trusted certificates
Reset management certificates
Complete CA certificate signing request (CSR) for a key server
Import key management server certificates
Export key management server certificates
Enable certificate revocation checking
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager ?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect drive data
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for upgrading controller software and firmware
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible firmware download errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware download progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Embedded command line interface
Version 11.80.1
Get started
Command formatting
Overview
CLI structure
Structure of CLI commands
Interactive mode
CLI wrapper syntax
Downloadble SMcli parameters
CLI parameters
Script command structure
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Format rules
CLI commands
Script commands
Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Add comments to a script file
Script command guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
Volume group migration
Appendix
Commands by category
Administrators commands
Alert configuration commands
Array configuration commands
Auto support commands
Mirroring commands
Performance tuning commands
Replication commands
Security commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Volume configuration commands
Appendix
Commands A-Z
A
activate asynchronous mirroring
activate storagearray firmware
activate synchronous mirroring
add array label
add certificate from array
add certificate from file
add drives to ssd cache
add volume asyncmirrorgroup
autoconfigure storagearray hotspares
autoconfigure storagearray
C
change ssd cache application type
check asyncmirrorgroup repositoryconsistency
check repositoryconsistency
check storagearray connectivity
check syncmirror
check volume parity
clear alldrivechannels stats
clear asyncmirrorfault
clear emailalert configuration
clear storagearray configuration
clear storagearray eventlog
clear storagearray firmwarependingarea
clear storagearray recoverymode
clear syslog configuration
clear volume reservations
clear volume unreadablesectors
create asyncmirrorgroup
create cgsnapimage consistencygroup
create cgsnapvolume
create consistencygroup
create diskpool
create host
create hostgroup
create hostport
create initiator
create iscsiinitiator
create mapping cgsnapvolume
create mapping volume
create raid volume automatic drive select
create raid volume free extent based select
create raid volume manual drive select
create read only snapshot volume
create snapgroup
create snapimage
create snapshot volume
create snmpcommunity
create snmptrapdestination
create snmpuser username
create ssdcache
create storagearray directoryserver
create storagearray securitykey
create storagearray syslog
create syncmirror
create volume diskpool
create volumecopy
create volumegroup
D
deactivate storagearray feature
deactivate storagearray
delete asyncmirrorgroup
delete auditlog
delete certificates
delete cgsnapimage consistencygroup
delete consistencygroup
delete controller cacertificate
delete diskpool
delete emailalert
delete host
delete hostgroup
delete hostport
delete initiator
delete iscsiinitiator
delete sgsnapvolume
delete snapgroup
delete snapimage
delete snapvolume
delete snmpcommunity
delete snmptrapdestination
delete snmpuser username
delete ssdcache
delete storagearray directoryservers
delete storagearray keymanagementcertificate
delete storagearray loginbanner
delete storagearray syslog
delete storagearray trustedcertificate
delete syslog
delete volume from disk pool
delete volume
delete volumegroup
diagnose asyncmirrorgroup
diagnose controller iscsihostport
diagnose controller
diagnose syncmirror
disable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
disable storagearray
download controller arraymanagementservercertificate
download controller cacertificate
download controller trustedcertificate
download drive firmware
download storagearray drivefirmware file
download storagearray firmware
download storagearray keymanagementcertificate
download storagearray nvsram
download tray configurationsettings
download tray firmware file
E
enable controller datatransfer
enable diskpool security
enable or disable autosupport individual arrays
enable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
enable storagearray feature file
enable volumegroup security
establish asyncmirror volume
export storagearray securitykey
G
getting started with authentication
getting started with external key management
getting started with internal key management
I
import storagearray securitykey file
L
load storagearray dbmdatabase
R
recopy volumecopy target
recover disabled driveports
recover sasport miswire
recover volume
recreate storagearray mirrorrepository
recreate storagearray securitykey
reduce disk pool capacity
remove array label
remove asyncmirrorgroup
remove drives from ssd cache
remove lunmapping
remove member volume from consistency group
remove storagearray directoryserver
remove syncmirror
remove volume asyncmirrorgroup
remove volumecopy target
rename ssd cache
repair data parity
repair volume parity
replace drive replacementdrive
reset controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
reset controller
reset drive
reset iscsiipaddress
reset storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
reset storagearray autosupport schedule
reset storagearray diagnosticdata
reset storagearray hostportstatisticsbaseline
reset storagearray ibstatsbaseline
reset storagearray iscsistatsbaseline
reset storagearray iserstatsbaseline
reset storagearray rlsbaseline
reset storagearray sasphybaseline
reset storagearray socbaseline
reset storagearray volumedistribution
resume asyncmirrorgroup
resume cgsnapvolume
resume snapimage rollback
resume snapvolume
resume ssdcache
resume syncmirror
revive drive
revive snapgroup
revive snapvolume
revive volumegroup
S
save ...
save alldrives logfile
save alltrays logfile
save auditlog
save check volume parity job parity errors
save controller arraymanagementcsr
save check volume parity job parity errors
save controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
save controller cacertificate
save controller nvsram file
save drivechannel faultdiagnostics file
save ioclog
save storage array diagnostic data
save storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
save storagearray autoloadbalancestatistics file
save storagearray autosupport log
save storagearray configuration
save storagearray controllerhealthimage
save storagearray dbmdatabase
save storagearray dbmvalidatorinfo
save storagearray firmwareinventory
save storagearray hostportstatistics
save storagearray ibstats
save storagearray iscsistatistics
save storagearray iserstatistics
save storagearray keymanagementcertificate
save storagearray keymanagementclientcsr
save storagearray loginbanner
save storagearray performancestats
save storagearray rlscounts
save storagearray sasphycounts
save storagearray soccounts
save storagearray statecapture
save storagearray supportdata
save storagearray trustedcertificate
save storagearray warningevents
set ...
set asyncmirrorgroup
set auditlog
set cgsnapvolume
set consistency group attributes
set consistencygroup addcgmembervolume
set controller dnsservers
set controller hostport
set controller iscsihostport
set controller ntpservers
set controller service action allowed indicator
set controller
set disk pool modify disk pool
set disk pool
set drive hotspare
set drive nativestate
set drive operationalstate
set drive securityid
set drive serviceallowedindicator
set drivechannel
set email smtp delivery method DE2000, DE4000 or DE6000
set emailalert
set host
set hostchannel
set hostgroup
set hostport
set initiator
set iscsiinitiator
set iscsitarget
set isertarget
set session erroraction
set snapgroup enableschedule
set snapgroup increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapgroup mediascanenabled
set snapgroup
set snapvolume converttoreadwrite
set snapvolume increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapvolume mediascanenabled
set snapvolume
set snmpcommunity
set snmpsystemvariables
set snmptrapdestination trapreceiverip
set snmpuser username
set storagearray autoloadbalancingenable
set storagearray autosupport schedule
set storagearray autosupportmaintenancewindow
set storagearray autosupportondemand
set storagearray autosupportremotediag
set storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
set storagearray controllerhealthimageallowoverwrite
set storagearray directoryserver roles
set storagearray directoryserver
set storagearray externalkeymanagement
set storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
set storagearray icmppingresponse
set storagearray isnsipv4configurationmethod
set storagearray isnsipv6address
set storagearray isnslisteningport
set storagearray isnsregistration
set storagearray isnsserverrefresh
set storagearray learncycledate controller
set storagearray localusername
set storagearray loginbanner
set storagearray managementinterface
set storagearray odxenabled
set storagearray passwordlength
set storagearray pqvalidateonreconstruct
set storagearray redundancymode
set storagearray resourceprovisionedvolumes
set storagearray revocationchecksettings
set storagearray securitykey
set storagearray syslog
set storagearray time
set storagearray traypositions
set storagearray unnameddiscoverysession
set storagearray usersession
set storagearray vaaienabled
set storagearray
set syncmirror
set syslog
set target
set thin volume attributes
set tray attribute
set tray drawer
set tray identification
set tray serviceallowedindicator
set volume group attributes for volume in a volume group
set volume logicalunitnumber
set volume ssdcacheenabled
set volumecopy target
set volumegroup forcedstate
set volumegroup
set volumes
show ...
show alldrives downloadprogress
show alldrives performancestats
show alldrives
show allhostports
show allsnmpcommunities
show allsnmpusers
show array label
show asyncmirrorgroup summary
show asyncmirrorgroup synchronizationprogress
show auditlog configuration
show auditlog summary
show certificates
show cgsnapimage
show check volume parity jobs
show consistencygroup
show controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate summary
show controller cacertificate
show controller diagnostic status
show controller nvsram
show controller
show diskpool
show drivechannel stats
show emailalert summary
show iscsisessions
show replaceabledrives
show snapgroup
show snapimage
show snapvolume
show snmpsystemvariables
show ssd cache statistics
show ssd cache
show storagearray autoconfiguration
show storagearray autosupport
show storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
show storagearray controllerhealthimage
show storagearray dbmdatabase
show storagearray directoryservices summary
show storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
show storagearray hosttopology
show storagearray iscsinegotiationdefaults
show storagearray lunmappings
show storagearray odxsetting
show storagearray powerinfo
show storagearray revocationchecksettings
show storagearray syslog
show storagearray trustedcertificate summary
show storagearray unconfiguredinitiators
show storagearray unconfigurediscsiinitiators
show storagearray unreadablesectors
show storagearray usersession
show storagearray
show syncmirror candidates
show syncmirror synchronizationprogress
show syslog summary
show textstring
show volume actionprogress
show volume performancestats
show volume reservations
show volume summary
show volume
show volumecopy source targetcandidates
show volumecopy sourcecandidates
show volumecopy
show volumegroup exportdependencies
show volumegroup importdependencies
show volumegroup
smcli ...
smcli autosupportconfig show
smcli autosupportconfig test
smcli autosupportconfig
smcli autosupportlog
smcli autosupportschedule reset
smcli autosupportschedule show
smcli enable autosupportfeature
smcli enable disable autosupportondemand
smcli enable disable autosupportremotediag
smcli supportbundle schedule
start ...
start asyncmirrorgroup synchronize
start cgsnapimage rollback
start check volume parity job
start controller iscsihostport dhcprefresh
start controller
start diskpool fullprovisioning
start diskpool locate
start diskpool resourceprovisioning
start drive erase
start drive initialize
start drive locate
start drive reconstruct
start drivechannel faultdiagnostics
start drivechannel locate
start emailalert test
start increasevolumecapacity volume
start ioclog
start secureerase drive
start snapimage rollback
start snmptrapdestination
start ssdcache locate
start ssdcache performancemodeling
start storagearray autosupport deliverytest
start storagearray autosupport manualdispatch
start storagearray configdbdiagnostic
start storagearray controllerhealthimage controller
start storagearray directoryservices test
start storagearray externalkeymanagement test
start storagearray isnsserverrefresh
start storagearray locate
start storagearray ocspresponderurl test
start storagearray syslog test
start syncmirror primary synchronize
start syslog test
start tray locate
start volume initialization
start volume initialize
start volumegroup defragment
start volumegroup export
start volumegroup fullprovisioning
start volumegroup import
start volumegroup locate
start volumegroup resourceprovisioning
stop ...
stop asyncmirrorgroup rolechange
stop cgsnapimage rollback
stop cgsnapvolume
stop check volume parity job
stop consistencygroup pendingsnapimagecreation
stop diskpool locate
stop drive locate
stop drive replace
stop drivechannel faultdiagnostics
stop drivechannel locate
stop pendingsnapimagecreation
stop snapimage rollback
stop snapvolume
stop ssdcache locate
stop ssdcache performancemodeling
stop storagearray configdbdiagnostic
stop storagearray drivefirmwaredownload
stop storagearray iscsisession
stop storagearray locate
stop tray locate
stop volumecopy target source
stop volumegroup locate
suspend ...
suspend asyncmirrorgroup
suspend ssdcache
suspend syncmirror primaries
V
validate storagearray securitykey
Appendix
Version 11.80
Get started
Command formatting
Overview
CLI structure
Structure of CLI commands
Interactive mode
CLI wrapper syntax
Downloadble SMcli parameters
CLI parameters
Script command structure
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Format rules
CLI commands
Script commands
Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Add comments to a script file
Script command guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
Volume group migration
Appendix
Commands by category
Administrators commands
Alert configuration commands
Array configuration commands
Auto support commands
Mirroring commands
Performance tuning commands
Replication commands
Security commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Volume configuration commands
Appendix
Commands A-Z
A
activate asynchronous mirroring
activate storagearray firmware
activate synchronous mirroring
add array label
add certificate from array
add certificate from file
add drives to ssd cache
add volume asyncmirrorgroup
autoconfigure storagearray hotspares
autoconfigure storagearray
C
change ssd cache application type
check asyncmirrorgroup repositoryconsistency
check repositoryconsistency
check storagearray connectivity
check syncmirror
check volume parity
clear alldrivechannels stats
clear asyncmirrorfault
clear emailalert configuration
clear storagearray configuration
clear storagearray eventlog
clear storagearray firmwarependingarea
clear storagearray recoverymode
clear syslog configuration
clear volume reservations
clear volume unreadablesectors
create asyncmirrorgroup
create cgsnapimage consistencygroup
create cgsnapvolume
create consistencygroup
create diskpool
create host
create hostgroup
create hostport
create initiator
create iscsiinitiator
create mapping cgsnapvolume
create mapping volume
create raid volume automatic drive select
create raid volume free extent based select
create raid volume manual drive select
create read only snapshot volume
create snapgroup
create snapimage
create snapshot volume
create snmpcommunity
create snmptrapdestination
create snmpuser username
create ssdcache
create storagearray directoryserver
create storagearray securitykey
create storagearray syslog
create syncmirror
create volume diskpool
create volumecopy
create volumegroup
D
deactivate storagearray feature
deactivate storagearray
delete asyncmirrorgroup
delete auditlog
delete certificates
delete cgsnapimage consistencygroup
delete consistencygroup
delete controller cacertificate
delete diskpool
delete emailalert
delete host
delete hostgroup
delete hostport
delete initiator
delete iscsiinitiator
delete sgsnapvolume
delete snapgroup
delete snapimage
delete snapvolume
delete snmpcommunity
delete snmptrapdestination
delete snmpuser username
delete ssdcache
delete storagearray directoryservers
delete storagearray keymanagementcertificate
delete storagearray loginbanner
delete storagearray syslog
delete storagearray trustedcertificate
delete syslog
delete volume from disk pool
delete volume
delete volumegroup
diagnose asyncmirrorgroup
diagnose controller iscsihostport
diagnose controller
diagnose syncmirror
disable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
disable storagearray
download controller arraymanagementservercertificate
download controller cacertificate
download controller trustedcertificate
download drive firmware
download storagearray drivefirmware file
download storagearray firmware
download storagearray keymanagementcertificate
download storagearray nvsram
download tray configurationsettings
download tray firmware file
E
enable controller datatransfer
enable diskpool security
enable or disable autosupport individual arrays
enable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
enable storagearray feature file
enable volumegroup security
establish asyncmirror volume
export storagearray securitykey
G
getting started with authentication
getting started with external key management
getting started with internal key management
I
import storagearray securitykey file
L
load storagearray dbmdatabase
R
recopy volumecopy target
recover disabled driveports
recover sasport miswire
recover volume
recreate storagearray mirrorrepository
recreate storagearray securitykey
reduce disk pool capacity
remove array label
remove asyncmirrorgroup
remove drives from ssd cache
remove lunmapping
remove member volume from consistency group
remove storagearray directoryserver
remove syncmirror
remove volume asyncmirrorgroup
remove volumecopy target
rename ssd cache
repair data parity
repair volume parity
replace drive replacementdrive
reset controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
reset controller
reset drive
reset iscsiipaddress
reset storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
reset storagearray autosupport schedule
reset storagearray diagnosticdata
reset storagearray hostportstatisticsbaseline
reset storagearray ibstatsbaseline
reset storagearray iscsistatsbaseline
reset storagearray iserstatsbaseline
reset storagearray rlsbaseline
reset storagearray sasphybaseline
reset storagearray socbaseline
reset storagearray volumedistribution
resume asyncmirrorgroup
resume cgsnapvolume
resume snapimage rollback
resume snapvolume
resume ssdcache
resume syncmirror
revive drive
revive snapgroup
revive snapvolume
revive volumegroup
S
save ...
save alldrives logfile
save alltrays logfile
save auditlog
save controller arraymanagementcsr
save check volume parity job parity errors
save controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
save controller cacertificate
save controller nvsram file
save drivechannel faultdiagnostics file
save ioclog
save storage array diagnostic data
save storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
save storagearray autoloadbalancestatistics file
save storagearray autosupport log
save storagearray configuration
save storagearray controllerhealthimage
save storagearray dbmdatabase
save storagearray dbmvalidatorinfo
save storagearray firmwareinventory
save storagearray hostportstatistics
save storagearray ibstats
save storagearray iscsistatistics
save storagearray iserstatistics
save storagearray keymanagementcertificate
save storagearray keymanagementclientcsr
save storagearray loginbanner
save storagearray performancestats
save storagearray rlscounts
save storagearray sasphycounts
save storagearray soccounts
save storagearray statecapture
save storagearray supportdata
save storagearray trustedcertificate
save storagearray warningevents
set ...
set asyncmirrorgroup
set auditlog
set cgsnapvolume
set consistency group attributes
set consistencygroup addcgmembervolume
set controller dnsservers
set controller hostport
set controller iscsihostport
set controller ntpservers
set controller service action allowed indicator
set controller
set disk pool modify disk pool
set disk pool
set drive hotspare
set drive nativestate
set drive operationalstate
set drive securityid
set drive serviceallowedindicator
set drivechannel
set email smtp delivery method DE2000, DE4000 or DE6000
set emailalert
set host
set hostchannel
set hostgroup
set hostport
set initiator
set iscsiinitiator
set iscsitarget
set isertarget
set session erroraction
set snapgroup enableschedule
set snapgroup increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapgroup mediascanenabled
set snapgroup
set snapvolume converttoreadwrite
set snapvolume increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapvolume mediascanenabled
set snapvolume
set snmpcommunity
set snmpsystemvariables
set snmptrapdestination trapreceiverip
set snmpuser username
set storagearray autoloadbalancingenable
set storagearray autosupport schedule
set storagearray autosupportmaintenancewindow
set storagearray autosupportondemand
set storagearray autosupportremotediag
set storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
set storagearray controllerhealthimageallowoverwrite
set storagearray directoryserver roles
set storagearray directoryserver
set storagearray externalkeymanagement
set storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
set storagearray icmppingresponse
set storagearray isnsipv4configurationmethod
set storagearray isnsipv6address
set storagearray isnslisteningport
set storagearray isnsregistration
set storagearray isnsserverrefresh
set storagearray learncycledate controller
set storagearray localusername
set storagearray loginbanner
set storagearray managementinterface
set storagearray odxenabled
set storagearray passwordlength
set storagearray pqvalidateonreconstruct
set storagearray redundancymode
set storagearray resourceprovisionedvolumes
set storagearray revocationchecksettings
set storagearray securitykey
set storagearray syslog
set storagearray time
set storagearray traypositions
set storagearray unnameddiscoverysession
set storagearray usersession
set storagearray vaaienabled
set storagearray
set syncmirror
set syslog
set target
set thin volume attributes
set tray attribute
set tray drawer
set tray identification
set tray serviceallowedindicator
set volume group attributes for volume in a volume group
set volume logicalunitnumber
set volume ssdcacheenabled
set volumecopy target
set volumegroup forcedstate
set volumegroup
set volumes
show ...
show alldrives downloadprogress
show alldrives performancestats
show alldrives
show allhostports
show allsnmpcommunities
show allsnmpusers
show array label
show asyncmirrorgroup summary
show asyncmirrorgroup synchronizationprogress
show auditlog configuration
show auditlog summary
show certificates
show cgsnapimage
show check volume parity job
show check volume parity jobs
show consistencygroup
show controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate summary
show controller cacertificate
show controller diagnostic status
show controller nvsram
show controller
show diskpool
show drivechannel stats
show emailalert summary
show iscsisessions
show replaceabledrives
show snapgroup
show snapimage
show snapvolume
show snmpsystemvariables
show ssd cache statistics
show ssd cache
show storagearray autoconfiguration
show storagearray autosupport
show storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
show storagearray controllerhealthimage
show storagearray dbmdatabase
show storagearray directoryservices summary
show storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
show storagearray hosttopology
show storagearray iscsinegotiationdefaults
show storagearray lunmappings
show storagearray odxsetting
show storagearray powerinfo
show storagearray revocationchecksettings
show storagearray syslog
show storagearray trustedcertificate summary
show storagearray unconfiguredinitiators
show storagearray unconfigurediscsiinitiators
show storagearray unreadablesectors
show storagearray usersession
show storagearray
show syncmirror candidates
show syncmirror synchronizationprogress
show syslog summary
show textstring
show volume actionprogress
show volume performancestats
show volume reservations
show volume summary
show volume
show volumecopy source targetcandidates
show volumecopy sourcecandidates
show volumecopy
show volumegroup exportdependencies
show volumegroup importdependencies
show volumegroup
smcli ...
smcli autosupportconfig show
smcli autosupportconfig test
smcli autosupportconfig
smcli autosupportlog
smcli autosupportschedule reset
smcli autosupportschedule show
smcli enable autosupportfeature
smcli enable disable autosupportondemand
smcli enable disable autosupportremotediag
smcli supportbundle schedule
start ...
start asyncmirrorgroup synchronize
start cgsnapimage rollback
start check volume parity job
start controller iscsihostport dhcprefresh
start controller
start diskpool fullprovisioning
start diskpool locate
start diskpool resourceprovisioning
start drive erase
start drive initialize
start drive locate
start drive reconstruct
start drivechannel faultdiagnostics
start drivechannel locate
start emailalert test
start increasevolumecapacity volume
start ioclog
start secureerase drive
start snapimage rollback
start snmptrapdestination
start ssdcache locate
start ssdcache performancemodeling
start storagearray autosupport deliverytest
start storagearray autosupport manualdispatch
start storagearray configdbdiagnostic
start storagearray controllerhealthimage controller
start storagearray directoryservices test
start storagearray externalkeymanagement test
start storagearray isnsserverrefresh
start storagearray locate
start storagearray ocspresponderurl test
start storagearray syslog test
start syncmirror primary synchronize
start syslog test
start tray locate
start volume initialization
start volume initialize
start volumegroup defragment
start volumegroup export
start volumegroup fullprovisioning
start volumegroup import
start volumegroup locate
start volumegroup resourceprovisioning
stop ...
stop asyncmirrorgroup rolechange
stop cgsnapimage rollback
stop cgsnapvolume
stop check volume parity job
stop consistencygroup pendingsnapimagecreation
stop diskpool locate
stop drive locate
stop drive replace
stop drivechannel faultdiagnostics
stop drivechannel locate
stop pendingsnapimagecreation
stop snapimage rollback
stop snapvolume
stop ssdcache locate
stop ssdcache performancemodeling
stop storagearray configdbdiagnostic
stop storagearray drivefirmwaredownload
stop storagearray iscsisession
stop storagearray locate
stop tray locate
stop volumecopy target source
stop volumegroup locate
suspend ...
suspend asyncmirrorgroup
suspend ssdcache
suspend syncmirror primaries
V
validate storagearray securitykey
Appendix
Version 11.70.4
Get started
Command formatting
Overview
CLI structure
Structure of CLI commands
Interactive mode
CLI wrapper syntax
Downloadble SMcli parameters
CLI parameters
Script command structure
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Format rules
CLI commands
Script commands
Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Add comments to a script file
Script command guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
Volume group migration
Appendix
Commands by category
Administrators commands
Alert configuration commands
Array configuration commands
Auto support commands
Mirroring commands
Performance tuning commands
Replication commands
Security commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Volume configuration commands
Appendix
Commands A-Z
A
activate asynchronous mirroring
activate storagearray firmware
activate synchronous mirroring
add array label
add certificate from array
add certificate from file
add drives to ssd cache
add volume asyncmirrorgroup
autoconfigure storagearray hotspares
autoconfigure storagearray
C
change ssd cache application type
check asyncmirrorgroup repositoryconsistency
check repositoryconsistency
check storagearray connectivity
check syncmirror
check volume parity
clear alldrivechannels stats
clear asyncmirrorfault
clear emailalert configuration
clear storagearray configuration
clear storagearray eventlog
clear storagearray firmwarependingarea
clear storagearray recoverymode
clear syslog configuration
clear volume reservations
clear volume unreadablesectors
create asyncmirrorgroup
create cgsnapimage consistencygroup
create cgsnapvolume
create consistencygroup
create diskpool
create host
create hostgroup
create hostport
create initiator
create iscsiinitiator
create mapping cgsnapvolume
create mapping volume
create raid volume automatic drive select
create raid volume free extent based select
create raid volume manual drive select
create read only snapshot volume
create snapgroup
create snapimage
create snapshot volume
create snmpcommunity
create snmptrapdestination
create snmpuser username
create ssdcache
create storagearray directoryserver
create storagearray securitykey
create storagearray syslog
create syncmirror
create volume diskpool
create volumecopy
create volumegroup
D
deactivate storagearray feature
deactivate storagearray
delete asyncmirrorgroup
delete auditlog
delete certificates
delete cgsnapimage consistencygroup
delete consistencygroup
delete controller cacertificate
delete diskpool
delete emailalert
delete host
delete hostgroup
delete hostport
delete initiator
delete iscsiinitiator
delete sgsnapvolume
delete snapgroup
delete snapimage
delete snapvolume
delete snmpcommunity
delete snmptrapdestination
delete snmpuser username
delete ssdcache
delete storagearray directoryservers
delete storagearray keymanagementcertificate
delete storagearray loginbanner
delete storagearray syslog
delete storagearray trustedcertificate
delete syslog
delete volume from disk pool
delete volume
delete volumegroup
diagnose asyncmirrorgroup
diagnose controller iscsihostport
diagnose controller
diagnose syncmirror
disable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
disable storagearray
download controller arraymanagementservercertificate
download controller cacertificate
download controller trustedcertificate
download drive firmware
download storagearray drivefirmware file
download storagearray firmware
download storagearray keymanagementcertificate
download storagearray nvsram
download tray configurationsettings
download tray firmware file
E
enable controller datatransfer
enable diskpool security
enable or disable autosupport individual arrays
enable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
enable storagearray feature file
enable volumegroup security
establish asyncmirror volume
export storagearray securitykey
G
getting started with authentication
getting started with external key management
getting started with internal key management
I
import storagearray securitykey file
L
load storagearray dbmdatabase
R
recopy volumecopy target
recover disabled driveports
recover sasport miswire
recover volume
recreate storagearray mirrorrepository
recreate storagearray securitykey
reduce disk pool capacity
remove array label
remove asyncmirrorgroup
remove drives from ssd cache
remove lunmapping
remove member volume from consistency group
remove storagearray directoryserver
remove syncmirror
remove volume asyncmirrorgroup
remove volumecopy target
rename ssd cache
repair data parity
repair volume parity
replace drive replacementdrive
reset controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
reset controller
reset drive
reset iscsiipaddress
reset storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
reset storagearray autosupport schedule
reset storagearray diagnosticdata
reset storagearray hostportstatisticsbaseline
reset storagearray ibstatsbaseline
reset storagearray iscsistatsbaseline
reset storagearray iserstatsbaseline
reset storagearray rlsbaseline
reset storagearray sasphybaseline
reset storagearray socbaseline
reset storagearray volumedistribution
resume asyncmirrorgroup
resume cgsnapvolume
resume snapimage rollback
resume snapvolume
resume ssdcache
resume syncmirror
revive drive
revive snapgroup
revive snapvolume
revive volumegroup
S
save ...
save alldrives logfile
save alltrays logfile
save auditlog
save controller arraymanagementcsr
save controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
save controller cacertificate
save controller nvsram file
save drivechannel faultdiagnostics file
save ioclog
save storage array diagnostic data
save storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
save storagearray autoloadbalancestatistics file
save storagearray autosupport log
save storagearray configuration
save storagearray controllerhealthimage
save storagearray dbmdatabase
save storagearray dbmvalidatorinfo
save storagearray firmwareinventory
save storagearray hostportstatistics
save storagearray ibstats
save storagearray iscsistatistics
save storagearray iserstatistics
save storagearray keymanagementcertificate
save storagearray keymanagementclientcsr
save storagearray loginbanner
save storagearray performancestats
save storagearray rlscounts
save storagearray sasphycounts
save storagearray soccounts
save storagearray statecapture
save storagearray supportdata
save storagearray trustedcertificate
save storagearray warningevents
set ...
set asyncmirrorgroup
set auditlog
set cgsnapvolume
set consistency group attributes
set consistencygroup addcgmembervolume
set controller dnsservers
set controller hostport
set controller iscsihostport
set controller ntpservers
set controller service action allowed indicator
set controller
set disk pool modify disk pool
set disk pool
set drive hotspare
set drive nativestate
set drive operationalstate
set drive securityid
set drive serviceallowedindicator
set drivechannel
set email smtp delivery method DE2000, DE4000 or DE6000
set emailalert
set host
set hostchannel
set hostgroup
set hostport
set initiator
set iscsiinitiator
set iscsitarget
set isertarget
set session erroraction
set snapgroup enableschedule
set snapgroup increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapgroup mediascanenabled
set snapgroup
set snapvolume converttoreadwrite
set snapvolume increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapvolume mediascanenabled
set snapvolume
set snmpcommunity
set snmpsystemvariables
set snmptrapdestination trapreceiverip
set snmpuser username
set storagearray autoloadbalancingenable
set storagearray autosupport schedule
set storagearray autosupportmaintenancewindow
set storagearray autosupportondemand
set storagearray autosupportremotediag
set storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
set storagearray controllerhealthimageallowoverwrite
set storagearray directoryserver roles
set storagearray directoryserver
set storagearray externalkeymanagement
set storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
set storagearray icmppingresponse
set storagearray isnsipv4configurationmethod
set storagearray isnsipv6address
set storagearray isnslisteningport
set storagearray isnsregistration
set storagearray isnsserverrefresh
set storagearray learncycledate controller
set storagearray localusername
set storagearray loginbanner
set storagearray managementinterface
set storagearray odxenabled
set storagearray passwordlength
set storagearray pqvalidateonreconstruct
set storagearray redundancymode
set storagearray resourceprovisionedvolumes
set storagearray revocationchecksettings
set storagearray securitykey
set storagearray syslog
set storagearray time
set storagearray traypositions
set storagearray unnameddiscoverysession
set storagearray usersession
set storagearray vaaienabled
set storagearray
set syncmirror
set syslog
set target
set thin volume attributes
set tray attribute
set tray drawer
set tray identification
set tray serviceallowedindicator
set volume group attributes for volume in a volume group
set volume logicalunitnumber
set volume ssdcacheenabled
set volumecopy target
set volumegroup forcedstate
set volumegroup
set volumes
show ...
show alldrives downloadprogress
show alldrives performancestats
show alldrives
show allhostports
show allsnmpcommunities
show allsnmpusers
show array label
show asyncmirrorgroup summary
show asyncmirrorgroup synchronizationprogress
show auditlog configuration
show auditlog summary
show certificates
show cgsnapimage
show consistencygroup
show controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate summary
show controller cacertificate
show controller diagnostic status
show controller nvsram
show controller
show diskpool
show drivechannel stats
show emailalert summary
show iscsisessions
show replaceabledrives
show snapgroup
show snapimage
show snapvolume
show snmpsystemvariables
show ssd cache statistics
show ssd cache
show storagearray autoconfiguration
show storagearray autosupport
show storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
show storagearray controllerhealthimage
show storagearray dbmdatabase
show storagearray directoryservices summary
show storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
show storagearray hosttopology
show storagearray iscsinegotiationdefaults
show storagearray lunmappings
show storagearray odxsetting
show storagearray powerinfo
show storagearray revocationchecksettings
show storagearray syslog
show storagearray trustedcertificate summary
show storagearray unconfiguredinitiators
show storagearray unconfigurediscsiinitiators
show storagearray unreadablesectors
show storagearray usersession
show storagearray
show syncmirror candidates
show syncmirror synchronizationprogress
show syslog summary
show textstring
show volume actionprogress
show volume performancestats
show volume reservations
show volume summary
show volume
show volumecopy source targetcandidates
show volumecopy sourcecandidates
show volumecopy
show volumegroup exportdependencies
show volumegroup importdependencies
show volumegroup
smcli ...
smcli autosupportconfig show
smcli autosupportconfig test
smcli autosupportconfig
smcli autosupportlog
smcli autosupportschedule reset
smcli autosupportschedule show
smcli enable autosupportfeature
smcli enable disable autosupportondemand
smcli enable disable autosupportremotediag
smcli supportbundle schedule
start ...
start asyncmirrorgroup synchronize
start cgsnapimage rollback
start controller iscsihostport dhcprefresh
start controller
start diskpool fullprovisioning
start diskpool locate
start diskpool resourceprovisioning
start drive erase
start drive initialize
start drive locate
start drive reconstruct
start drivechannel faultdiagnostics
start drivechannel locate
start emailalert test
start increasevolumecapacity volume
start ioclog
start secureerase drive
start snapimage rollback
start snmptrapdestination
start ssdcache locate
start ssdcache performancemodeling
start storagearray autosupport deliverytest
start storagearray autosupport manualdispatch
start storagearray configdbdiagnostic
start storagearray controllerhealthimage controller
start storagearray directoryservices test
start storagearray externalkeymanagement test
start storagearray isnsserverrefresh
start storagearray locate
start storagearray ocspresponderurl test
start storagearray syslog test
start syncmirror primary synchronize
start syslog test
start tray locate
start volume initialization
start volume initialize
start volumegroup defragment
start volumegroup export
start volumegroup fullprovisioning
start volumegroup import
start volumegroup locate
start volumegroup resourceprovisioning
stop ...
stop asyncmirrorgroup rolechange
stop cgsnapimage rollback
stop cgsnapvolume
stop consistencygroup pendingsnapimagecreation
stop diskpool locate
stop drive locate
stop drive replace
stop drivechannel faultdiagnostics
stop drivechannel locate
stop pendingsnapimagecreation
stop snapimage rollback
stop snapvolume
stop ssdcache locate
stop ssdcache performancemodeling
stop storagearray configdbdiagnostic
stop storagearray drivefirmwaredownload
stop storagearray iscsisession
stop storagearray locate
stop tray locate
stop volumecopy target source
stop volumegroup locate
suspend ...
suspend asyncmirrorgroup
suspend ssdcache
suspend syncmirror primaries
V
validate storagearray securitykey
Appendix
Version 11.70.3
Get started
What's new
Command formatting
Overview
CLI structure
Structure of CLI commands
Interactive mode
CLI wrapper syntax
CLI parameters
Script command structure
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Format rules
CLI commands
Script commands
Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Add comments to a script file
Script command guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
Volume group migration
Appendix
Commands by category
Administrators commands
Alert configuration commands
Array configuration commands
Auto support commands
Mirroring commands
Performance tuning commands
Replication commands
Security commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Volume configuration commands
Appendix
Commands A-Z
A
activate asynchronous mirroring
activate storagearray firmware
activate synchronous mirroring
add drives to ssd cache
add volume asyncmirrorgroup
autoconfigure storagearray hotspares
autoconfigure storagearray
C
change ssd cache application type
check asyncmirrorgroup repositoryconsistency
check repositoryconsistency
check storagearray connectivity
check syncmirror
check volume parity
clear alldrivechannels stats
clear asyncmirrorfault
clear emailalert configuration
clear storagearray configuration
clear storagearray eventlog
clear storagearray firmwarependingarea
clear storagearray recoverymode
clear syslog configuration
clear volume reservations
clear volume unreadablesectors
create asyncmirrorgroup
create cgsnapimage consistencygroup
create cgsnapvolume
create consistencygroup
create diskpool
create host
create hostgroup
create hostport
create initiator
create iscsiinitiator
create mapping cgsnapvolume
create mapping volume
create raid volume automatic drive select
create raid volume free extent based select
create raid volume manual drive select
create read only snapshot volume
create snapgroup
create snapimage
create snapshot volume
create snmpcommunity
create snmptrapdestination
create snmpuser username
create ssdcache
create storagearray directoryserver
create storagearray securitykey
create storagearray syslog
create syncmirror
create volume diskpool
create volumecopy
create volumegroup
D
deactivate storagearray feature
deactivate storagearray
delete asyncmirrorgroup
delete auditlog
delete cgsnapimage consistencygroup
delete consistencygroup
delete controller cacertificate
delete diskpool
delete emailalert
delete host
delete hostgroup
delete hostport
delete initiator
delete iscsiinitiator
delete sgsnapvolume
delete snapgroup
delete snapimage
delete snapvolume
delete snmpcommunity
delete snmptrapdestination
delete snmpuser username
delete ssdcache
delete storagearray directoryservers
delete storagearray keymanagementcertificate
delete storagearray loginbanner
delete storagearray syslog
delete storagearray trustedcertificate
delete syslog
delete volume from disk pool
delete volume
delete volumegroup
diagnose asyncmirrorgroup
diagnose controller iscsihostport
diagnose controller
diagnose syncmirror
disable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
disable storagearray
download controller arraymanagementservercertificate
download controller cacertificate
download controller trustedcertificate
download drive firmware
download storagearray drivefirmware file
download storagearray firmware
download storagearray keymanagementcertificate
download storagearray nvsram
download tray configurationsettings
download tray firmware file
E
enable controller datatransfer
enable diskpool security
enable or disable autosupport individual arrays
enable storagearray externalkeymanagement file
enable storagearray feature file
enable volumegroup security
establish asyncmirror volume
export storagearray securitykey
G
getting started with aurthentication
getting started with external key management
getting started with internal key management
I
import storagearray securitykey file
L
load storagearray dbmdatabase
R
recopy volumecopy target
recover disabled driveports
recover sasport miswire
recover volume
recreate storagearray mirrorrepository
recreate storagearray securitykey
reduce disk pool capacity
remove asyncmirrorgroup
remove drives from ssd cache
remove lunmapping
remove member volume from consistency group
remove storagearray directoryserver
remove syncmirror
remove volume asyncmirrorgroup
remove volumecopy target
rename ssd cache
repair data parity
repair volume parity
replace drive replacementdrive
reset controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
reset controller
reset drive
reset iscsiipaddress
reset storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
reset storagearray autosupport schedule
reset storagearray diagnosticdata
reset storagearray hostportstatisticsbaseline
reset storagearray ibstatsbaseline
reset storagearray iscsistatsbaseline
reset storagearray iserstatsbaseline
reset storagearray rlsbaseline
reset storagearray sasphybaseline
reset storagearray socbaseline
reset storagearray volumedistribution
resume asyncmirrorgroup
resume cgsnapvolume
resume snapimage rollback
resume snapvolume
resume ssdcache
resume syncmirror
revive drive
revive snapgroup
revive snapvolume
revive volumegroup
S
save ...
save alldrives logfile
save alltrays logfile
save auditlog
save controller arraymanagementcsr
save controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate
save controller cacertificate
save controller nvsram file
save drivechannel faultdiagnostics file
save ioclog
save storage array diagnostic data
save storagearray arvmstats asyncmirrorgroup
save storagearray autoloadbalancestatistics file
save storagearray autosupport log
save storagearray configuration
save storagearray controllerhealthimage
save storagearray dbmdatabase
save storagearray dbmvalidatorinfo
save storagearray firmwareinventory
save storagearray hostportstatistics
save storagearray ibstats
save storagearray iscsistatistics
save storagearray iserstatistics
save storagearray keymanagementcertificate
save storagearray keymanagementclientcsr
save storagearray loginbanner
save storagearray performancestats
save storagearray rlscounts
save storagearray sasphycounts
save storagearray soccounts
save storagearray statecapture
save storagearray supportdata
save storagearray trustedcertificate
save storagearray warningevents
set ...
set asyncmirrorgroup
set auditlog
set cgsnapvolume
set consistency group attributes
set consistencygroup addcgmembervolume
set controller dnsservers
set controller hostport
set controller iscsihostport
set controller ntpservers
set controller service action allowed indicator
set controller
set disk pool modify disk pool
set disk pool
set drive hotspare
set drive nativestate
set drive operationalstate
set drive securityid
set drive serviceallowedindicator
set drivechannel
set email smtp delivery method DE2000, DE4000 or DE6000
set emailalert
set host
set hostchannel
set hostgroup
set hostport
set initiator
set iscsiinitiator
set iscsitarget
set isertarget
set session erroraction
set snapgroup enableschedule
set snapgroup increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapgroup mediascanenabled
set snapgroup
set snapvolume converttoreadwrite
set snapvolume increase decreaserepositorycapacity
set snapvolume mediascanenabled
set snapvolume
set snmpcommunity
set snmpsystemvariables
set snmptrapdestination trapreceiverip
set snmpuser username
set storagearray autoloadbalancingenable
set storagearray autosupport schedule
set storagearray autosupportmaintenancewindow
set storagearray autosupportondemand
set storagearray autosupportremotediag
set storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
set storagearray controllerhealthimageallowoverwrite
set storagearray directoryserver roles
set storagearray directoryserver
set storagearray externalkeymanagement
set storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
set storagearray icmppingresponse
set storagearray isnsipv4configurationmethod
set storagearray isnsipv6address
set storagearray isnslisteningport
set storagearray isnsregistration
set storagearray isnsserverrefresh
set storagearray learncycledate controller
set storagearray localusername
set storagearray loginbanner
set storagearray managementinterface
set storagearray odxenabled
set storagearray passwordlength
set storagearray pqvalidateonreconstruct
set storagearray redundancymode
set storagearray resourceprovisionedvolumes
set storagearray revocationchecksettings
set storagearray securitykey
set storagearray syslog
set storagearray time
set storagearray traypositions
set storagearray unnameddiscoverysession
set storagearray usersession
set storagearray vaaienabled
set storagearray
set syncmirror
set syslog
set target
set thin volume attributes
set tray attribute
set tray drawer
set tray identification
set tray serviceallowedindicator
set volume group attributes for volume in a volume group
set volume logicalunitnumber
set volume ssdcacheenabled
set volumecopy target
set volumegroup forcedstate
set volumegroup
set volumes
show ...
show alldrives downloadprogress
show alldrives performancestats
show alldrives
show allhostports
show allsnmpcommunities
show allsnmpusers
show asyncmirrorgroup summary
show asyncmirrorgroup synchronizationprogress
show auditlog configuration
show auditlog summary
show cgsnapimage
show consistencygroup
show controller arraymanagementsignedcertificate summary
show controller cacertificate
show controller diagnostic status
show controller nvsram
show controller
show diskpool
show drivechannel stats
show emailalert summary
show iscsisessions
show replaceabledrives
show snapgroup
show snapimage
show snapvolume
show snmpsystemvariables
show ssd cache statistics
show ssd cache
show storagearray autoconfiguration
show storagearray autosupport
show storagearray cachemirrordataassurancecheckenable
show storagearray controllerhealthimage
show storagearray dbmdatabase
show storagearray directoryservices summary
show storagearray hostconnectivityreporting
show storagearray hosttopology
show storagearray iscsinegotiationdefaults
show storagearray lunmappings
show storagearray odxsetting
show storagearray powerinfo
show storagearray revocationchecksettings
show storagearray syslog
show storagearray trustedcertificate summary
show storagearray unconfiguredinitiators
show storagearray unconfigurediscsiinitiators
show storagearray unreadablesectors
show storagearray usersession
show storagearray
show syncmirror candidates
show syncmirror synchronizationprogress
show syslog summary
show textstring
show volume actionprogress
show volume performancestats
show volume reservations
show volume summary
show volume
show volumecopy source targetcandidates
show volumecopy sourcecandidates
show volumecopy
show volumegroup exportdependencies
show volumegroup importdependencies
show volumegroup
smcli ...
smcli autosupportconfig show
smcli autosupportconfig test
smcli autosupportconfig
smcli autosupportlog
smcli autosupportschedule reset
smcli autosupportschedule show
smcli enable autosupportfeature
smcli enable disable autosupportondemand
smcli enable disable autosupportremotediag
smcli supportbundle schedule
start ...
start asyncmirrorgroup synchronize
start cgsnapimage rollback
start controller iscsihostport dhcprefresh
start controller
start diskpool fullprovisioning
start diskpool locate
start diskpool resourceprovisioning
start drive erase
start drive initialize
start drive locate
start drive reconstruct
start drivechannel faultdiagnostics
start drivechannel locate
start emailalert test
start increasevolumecapacity volume
start ioclog
start secureerase drive
start snapimage rollback
start snmptrapdestination
start ssdcache locate
start ssdcache performancemodeling
start storagearray autosupport deliverytest
start storagearray autosupport manualdispatch
start storagearray configdbdiagnostic
start storagearray controllerhealthimage controller
start storagearray directoryservices test
start storagearray externalkeymanagement test
start storagearray isnsserverrefresh
start storagearray locate
start storagearray ocspresponderurl test
start storagearray syslog test
start syncmirror primary synchronize
start syslog test
start tray locate
start volume initialization
start volume initialize
start volumegroup defragment
start volumegroup export
start volumegroup fullprovisioning
start volumegroup import
start volumegroup locate
start volumegroup resourceprovisioning
stop ...
stop asyncmirrorgroup rolechange
stop cgsnapimage rollback
stop cgsnapvolume
stop consistencygroup pendingsnapimagecreation
stop diskpool locate
stop drive locate
stop drive replace
stop drivechannel faultdiagnostics
stop drivechannel locate
stop pendingsnapimagecreation
stop snapimage rollback
stop snapvolume
stop ssdcache locate
stop ssdcache performancemodeling
stop storagearray configdbdiagnostic
stop storagearray drivefirmwaredownload
stop storagearray iscsisession
stop storagearray locate
stop tray locate
stop volumecopy target source
stop volumegroup locate
suspend ...
suspend asyncmirrorgroup
suspend ssdcache
suspend syncmirror primaries
V
validate storagearray securitykey
Appendix
Version 11.70.2
PDF files
Changes in the CLI and script commands in this release
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
CLI commands (Alphabetical List)
Storage administrators commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Support administrator commands
Security administrator commands
Alert configuration commands
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Register SNMPv3 USM user
Update SNMPv3 USM user
Unregister SNMPv3 USM user
Show SNMPv3 USM user
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Create storage array syslog configuration
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Delete syslog server
Display storage array syslog configuration
Show syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Test syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Array configuration commands
Cache mirror data assurance commands
Controller commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Controller host port configuration commands
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Set iSCSI host port networking properties
Set iSCSI initiator
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start drive erase
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX)) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands (Array configuration)
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Re-create external security key
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start Storage Array AutoSupport Manual Dispatch
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray attribute
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Auto support commands
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Show AutoSupport configuration
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Mirroring commands
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Synchronous mirroring commands
Activate synchronous mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Re-create synchronous mirroring repository volume
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Performance tuning commands
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Replication commands
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Repository volume analysis commands (Replication)
Check repository consistency
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Security commands
Audit log management commands
Delete audit log records
Save audit log records
Set audit log settings
Show audit log configuration
Show audit log summary
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Key management commands for drive security
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set external key management settings
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Volume configuration commands
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Create iSCSI initiator
Delete iSCSI initiator
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Set iSCSI initiator
Set iSCSI target properties
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Create Volume Mapping
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Repair Data Parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume action progress
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.70.1
PDF files
Changes in the CLI and script commands in this release
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
CLI commands (Alphabetical List)
Storage administrators commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Support administrator commands
Security administrator commands
Alert configuration commands
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Create storage array syslog configuration
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Delete syslog server
Display storage array syslog configuration
Show syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Test syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Array configuration commands
Cache mirror data assurance commands
Controller commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Controller host port configuration commands
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Set iSCSI host port networking properties
Set iSCSI initiator
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start drive erase
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX)) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands (Array configuration)
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Re-create external security key
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start Storage Array AutoSupport Manual Dispatch
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray attribute
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Auto support commands
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Show AutoSupport configuration
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Mirroring commands
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Synchronous mirroring commands
Activate synchronous mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Re-create synchronous mirroring repository volume
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Performance tuning commands
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Replication commands
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Repository volume analysis commands (Replication)
Check repository consistency
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Security commands
Audit log management commands
Delete audit log records
Save audit log records
Set audit log settings
Show audit log configuration
Show audit log summary
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Key management commands for drive security
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set external key management settings
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Volume configuration commands
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Create iSCSI initiator
Delete iSCSI initiator
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Set iSCSI initiator
Set iSCSI target properties
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Create Volume Mapping
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Repair Data Parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume action progress
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.60.3
PDF files
Changes in the CLI and script commands in this release
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
CLI commands (Alphabetical List)
Storage administrators commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Support administrator commands
Security administrator commands
Alert configuration commands
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Create storage array syslog configuration
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Delete syslog server
Display storage array syslog configuration
Show syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Test syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Array configuration commands
Cache mirror data assurance commands
Controller commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Controller host port configuration commands
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Set iSCSI host port networking properties
Set iSCSI initiator
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX)) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands (Array configuration)
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Re-create external security key
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start Storage Array AutoSupport Manual Dispatch
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray attribute
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Auto support commands
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Show AutoSupport configuration
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Mirroring commands
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Synchronous mirroring commands
Activate synchronous mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Re-create synchronous mirroring repository volume
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Performance tuning commands
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Replication commands
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Repository volume analysis commands (Replication)
Check repository consistency
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Security commands
Audit log management commands
Delete audit log records
Save audit log records
Set audit log settings
Show audit log configuration
Show audit log summary
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Key management commands for drive security
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set external key management settings
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Volume configuration commands
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Create iSCSI initiator
Delete iSCSI initiator
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Set iSCSI initiator
Set iSCSI target properties
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Create Volume Mapping
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Repair Data Parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume action progress
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.60.2
PDF files
Changes in the CLI and script commands in this release
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
Firmware compatibility levels
SMcli https mode
CLI commands (Alphabetical List)
Storage administrators commands
Storage monitor personnel commands
Support administrator commands
Security administrator commands
Alert configuration commands
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Create storage array syslog configuration
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Delete syslog server
Display storage array syslog configuration
Show syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Test syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Array configuration commands
Cache mirror data assurance commands
Controller commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Controller host port configuration commands
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Set iSCSI host port networking properties
Set iSCSI initiator
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive channel fault isolation diagnostic status
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive channel fault isolation diagnostics
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX)) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands (Array configuration)
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Re-create external security key
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray attribute
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Auto support commands
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Show AutoSupport configuration
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Mirroring commands
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Synchronous mirroring commands
Activate synchronous mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Re-create synchronous mirroring repository volume
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Performance tuning commands
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable automatic load balancing
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Replication commands
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Repository volume analysis commands (Replication)
Check repository consistency
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Security commands
Audit log management commands
Delete audit log records
Save audit log records
Set audit log settings
Show audit log configuration
Show audit log summary
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Key management commands for drive security
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set external key management settings
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Volume configuration commands
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Create iSCSI initiator
Delete iSCSI initiator
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Reset storage array iSCSI baseline
Save storage array iSCSI statistics
Set iSCSI initiator
Set iSCSI target properties
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array unconfigured iSCSI initiators
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume action progress
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.3
What's New in the Version 11.50.3
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands
Commands by role
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Administrators
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Monitor Personnel
Support Administrator Commands
Security Administrator Commands
Configuration
Array Configuration
Set storage array to enable or disable cache mirror data assurance check
Show storage array cache mirror data assurance check enable
Controller commands
Clear drive channel statistics
Diagnose controller
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Volume Configuration
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Replication
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring commands
Activate Synchronous Mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Performance Tuning
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Security
Audit log management commands
Delete Audit Log records
Set Audit Log settings
Show Audit Log summary
Show Audit Log configuration
Save Audit Log records
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Key management commands for drive security
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set external key management settings
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Auto Support
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands for the DE2000H, DE4000H, DE4000F, DE6000H, and DE6000F
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Show AutoSupport configuration
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Alert configuration
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Delete syslog server
Show syslog configuration
Test syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Create storage array syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
SMcli https mode
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.2
What's New in the Version 11.50.2
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands
Commands by role
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Administrators
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Monitor Personnel
Support Administrator Commands
Security Administrator Commands
Configuration
Array Configuration
Set storage array to enable or disable cache mirror data assurance check
Show storage array cache mirror data assurance check enable
Controller commands
Clear drive channel statistics
Diagnose controller
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Volume Configuration
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Replication
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring commands
Activate Synchronous Mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Performance Tuning
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Security
Audit log management commands
Delete Audit Log records
Set Audit Log settings
Show Audit Log summary
Show Audit Log configuration
Save Audit Log records
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Key management commands for drive security
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set external key management settings
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Auto Support
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands for the DE2000H, DE4000H, DE4000F, DE6000H, and DE6000F
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Show AutoSupport configuration
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Alert configuration
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Delete syslog server
Show syslog configuration
Test syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Create storage array syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
SMcli https mode
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.1
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands
Commands by role
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Administrators
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Monitor Personnel
Support Administrator Commands
Security Administrator Commands
Configuration
Array Configuration
Set storage array to enable or disable cache mirror data assurance check
Show storage array cache mirror data assurance check enable
Controller commands
Clear drive channel statistics
Diagnose controller
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Volume Configuration
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Replication
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring commands
Activate Synchronous Mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Performance Tuning
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Security
Audit log management commands
Delete Audit Log records
Set Audit Log settings
Show Audit Log summary
Show Audit Log configuration
Save Audit Log records
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Key management commands for drive security
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set external key management settings
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Auto Support
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands for the DE2000H, DE4000H, DE4000F, DE6000H, and DE6000F
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Show AutoSupport configuration
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Alert configuration
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Delete syslog server
Show syslog configuration
Test syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Create storage array syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
SMcli https mode
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.50.0
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands
Commands by role
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Administrators
Alphabetical List - CLI Commands for Storage Monitor Personnel
Support Administrator Commands
Security Administrator Commands
Configuration
Array Configuration
Set storage array to enable or disable cache mirror data assurance check
Show storage array cache mirror data assurance check enable
Controller commands
Clear drive channel statistics
Diagnose controller
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Enable controller data transfer
Reset controller
Save controller NVSRAM
Set controller
Set controller DNS settings
Set controller NTP settings
Set controller service action allowed indicator
Set drive channel status
Set host channel
Show controller
Show controller diagnostic status
Show controller NVSRAM
Show drive channel statistics
Start controller trace
Start drive channel locate
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop drive channel locate
Controller health image commands
Save storage array controller health image
Set storage array controller health image allow overwrite
Show storage array controller health image
Start storage array controller health image
Create host port
Create initiator
Delete initiator
Set initiator
Reset storage array host port statistics baseline
Save storage array host port statistics
Set controller host port properties
Set target properties
Show unconfigured initiators
Drive commands
Download drive firmware
Recover disabled drive ports
Replace drive
Revive drive
Save drive log
Set drive hot spare
Set drive service action allowed indicator
Set drive state
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set foreign drive to native
Show drive
Show drive download progress
Show drive performance statistics
Show replaceable drives
Start drive initialize
Start drive locate
Start drive reconstruction
Start FDE secure drive erase
Stop drive locate
Feature management commands
Disable storage array feature
Enable storage array feature
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Show storage array
Input output controller (IOC) dump commands
Save input output controller (IOC) dump
Start input output controller (IOC) dump
Misbehaving drive (MBD) commands
Replace drive
Reset drive
Set drive state
Stop drive replace
Offloaded data transfer (ODX) commands
Enable or disable ODX
Enable or disable VAAI
Show storage array ODX setting
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Session commands
Set session
Storage array commands
Activate storage array firmware
Autoconfigure storage array
Autoconfigure storage array hot spares
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array event log
Clear storage array firmware pending area
Clear storage array recovery mode
Create storage array security key
Disable storage array feature
Download storage array drive firmware
Download storage array firmware/NVSRAM
Download storage array NVSRAM
Enable or disable host connectivity reporting
Enable storage array feature
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Load storage array DBM database
Reset storage array diagnostic data
Reset storage array RLS baseline
Reset storage array SAS PHY baseline
Reset storage array SOC baseline
Reset storage array volume distribution
Save storage array configuration
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Save storage array diagnostic data
Save storage array events
Save storage array firmware inventory
Save storage array performance statistics
Save storage array RLS counts
Save storage array SAS PHY counts
Save storage array SOC counts
Save storage array state capture
Save storage array support data
Set storage array
Set storage array ICMP response
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Set storage array controller battery learn cycle
Set storage array PQ validation on reconstruct
Set storage array redundancy mode
Set internal storage array security key
Set storage array time
Set storage array tray positions
Set storage array unnamed discovery session
Show storage array
Show storage array auto configuration
Show storage array DBM database
Show storage array host connectivity reporting
Show storage array host topology
Show storage array LUN mappings
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Show storage array ODX setting
Show storage array power information
Show storage array unreadable sectors
Show string
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array locate
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array drive firmware download
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Stop storage array locate
Validate storage array security key
Tray commands
Download environmental card firmware
Download tray configuration settings
Save tray log
Set drawer service action allowed indicator
Set tray identification
Set tray service action allowed indicator
Start tray locate
Stop tray locate
Uncategorized commands
Recover SAS port mis-wire
Show string
Volume Configuration
Internet storage name service (iSNS) commands
Set storage array
Set storage array iSNS registration
Set storage array iSNS server IPv4 address
Set storage array iSNS server IPv6 address
Set storage array iSNS server listening port
Set storage array iSNS server refresh
Start storage array iSNS server refresh
ISCSI commands
Diagnose controller iSCSI host cable
Show current iSCSI sessions
Show storage array negotiation defaults
Start iSCSI DHCP refresh
Stop storage array iSCSI session
Host topology commands
Create host
Create host group
Create host port
Delete host
Delete host group
Delete host port
Set host
Set host channel
Set host group
Set host port
Show host ports
Show storage array host topology
Volume group commands
Create volume group
Delete volume group
Enable volume group security
Revive volume group
Set volume group
Set volume group forced state
Show volume group
Show volume group export dependencies
Show volume group import dependencies
Start volume group defragment
Start volume group export
Learn about volume group migration
Start volume group import
Start volume group locate
Stop volume group locate
Disk pool commands
Create disk pool
Delete disk pool
Enable disk pool security
Reduce disk pool capacity
Set disk pool
Set disk pool (modify disk pool)
Show disk pool
Start disk pool locate
Stop disk pool locate
Volume commands
Check volume parity
Clear volume reservations
Clear volume unreadable sectors
Create RAID volume (automatic drive select)
Create RAID volume (free extent based select)
Create RAID volume (manual drive select)
Create volume in disk pool
Delete volume
Delete volume from disk pool
Increase capacity of volume in disk pool or volume group
Initialize thin volume
Recover RAID volume
Remove volume LUN mapping
Repair volume parity
Set thin volume attributes
Set volume attributes for a volume in a disk pool
Set volume attributes for a volume in a volume group
Set volume mapping
Show thin volume
Show volume
Show volume performance statistics
Show volume reservations
Start volume initialization
Replication
Volume copy commands
Create volume copy
Recopy volume copy
Remove volume copy
Set volume copy
Show volume copy
Show volume copy source candidates
Show volume copy target candidates
Stop volume copy
Snapshot group commands
Create snapshot group
Delete snapshot group
Revive snapshot group
Set snapshot group attributes
Set snapshot group media scan
Set snapshot group repository volume capacity
Set snapshot group schedule
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot group
Stop snapshot group pending snapshot images
Snapshot volume commands
Create read-only snapshot volume
Create snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
Rename snapshot volume
Resume snapshot volume
Revive snapshot volume
Set read-only snapshot volume to read/write volume
Set snapshot volume media scan
Set snapshot volume repository volume capacity
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show snapshot volumes
Stop snapshot volume
Snapshot image commands
Create snapshot image
Delete snapshot image
Resume snapshot image rollback
Show snapshot image
Start snapshot image rollback
Stop snapshot image rollback
Repository volume analysis commands
Check repository consistency
Consistency group commands
Add member to consistency group
Create consistency group
Create consistency group snapshot image
Create consistency group snapshot volume
Create consistency group snapshot volume mapping
Delete consistency group
Delete consistency group snapshot image
Delete consistency group snapshot volume
Remove member volume from consistency group
Resume consistency group snapshot volume
Set consistency group attributes
Set consistency group snapshot volume
Show consistency group
Show consistency group snapshot image
Start consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot rollback
Stop consistency group snapshot volume
Stop pending snapshot images on consistency group
Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring commands
Activate Synchronous Mirroring
Check synchronous mirroring status
Create synchronous mirroring
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
Diagnose synchronous mirroring
Remove synchronous mirroring
Resume synchronous mirroring
Set synchronous mirroring
Show synchronous mirroring volume candidates
Show synchronous mirroring volume synchronization progress
Start synchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend synchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirroring commands
Activate asynchronous mirroring
Add volume to asynchronous mirror group
Cancel asynchronous mirror group role reversal
Check asynchronous mirror group consistency
Check storage array connectivity
Clear asynchronous mirroring fault
Create asynchronous mirror group
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
Delete asynchronous mirror group
Establish asynchronous mirrored pair
Remove incomplete asynchronous mirrored pair from asynchronous mirror group
Remove volume from asynchronous mirror group
Reset asynchronous mirror group statistics
Reset iSCSI IP address
Resume asynchronous mirror group
Save asynchronous mirror group statistics
Set asynchronous mirror group
Show asynchronous mirror groups
Show asynchronous mirror group synchronization progress
Start asynchronous mirroring synchronization
Suspend asynchronous mirror group
Test asynchronous mirror group connectivity
Performance Tuning
SSD cache commands
Add drives to SSD cache
Change SSD cache application type
Create SSD cache
Delete SSD cache
Remove drives from SSD cache
Rename SSD cache
Resume SSD cache
Set SSD cache for a volume
Show SSD cache
Show SSD cache statistics
Start SSD cache locate
Start SSD cache performance modeling
Stop SSD cache locate
Stop SSD cache performance modeling
Suspend SSD cache
Automatic load balancing commands
Save auto-load balancing statistics
Set storage array to enable or disable Automatic Load Balancing
Security
Audit log management commands
Delete Audit Log records
Set Audit Log settings
Show Audit Log summary
Show Audit Log configuration
Save Audit Log records
Authentication commands
Getting started with authentication
Create storage array directory server
Delete storage array directory server
Delete storage array login banner
Display storage array user session
Remove storage array directory server role mapping
Save storage array login banner
Set storage array directory server
Set storage array directory server role mapping
Set storage array local user password or SYMbol password
Set storage array login banner
Set storage array management interface
Set storage array password length
Set storage array user session
Show storage array directory services summary
Test storage array directory server
Certificate management commands for the controller in the management domain
Generate web server Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install server signed certificate
Install root/intermediate CA certificates
Install trusted CA certificates
Remove installed trusted CA certificates
Remove installed root/intermediate CA certificates
Reset installed signed certificate
Retrieve installed CA certificates
Retrieve installed server certificate
Retrieve installed trusted CA certificates
Set certificate revocation check settings
Show certificate revocation check settings
Show installed root/intermediate CA certificates summary
Show installed trusted CA certificates summary
Show signed certificate
Start OCSP server URL test
Database commands
Clear storage array configuration
Clear storage array recovery mode
Load storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM database
Save storage array DBM validator information file
Show storage array DBM database
Start storage array configuration database diagnostic
Stop storage array configuration database diagnostic
Getting started with external key management
Getting started with internal key management
Key management commands for drive security
Create storage array security key
Disable external security key management
Enable external security key management
Export storage array security key
Import storage array security key
Set FIPS drive security identifier
Set external key management settings
Set internal storage array security key
Start FDE secure drive erase
Test external key management communication
Validate storage array security key
External key management commands related to certificates
Generate Key Management Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install storage array external key management certificate
Remove installed external key management certificate
Retrieve installed external key management certificate
Auto Support
AutoSupport commands for all storage arrays
Enable or disable AutoSupport (all individual arrays)
Save storage array support data
AutoSupport Commands for the DE2000H, DE4000H, DE4000F, DE6000H, and DE6000F
Enable or disable AutoSupport maintenance window
Enable or disable the AutoSupport OnDemand feature
Enable or disable the AutoSupport Remote Diagnostics feature
Retrieve an AutoSupport log
Show AutoSupport configuration
Set AutoSupport message collection schedule
Reset AutoSupport message collection schedule
Specify the Email (SMTP) delivery method
Specify AutoSupport HTTP(S) delivery method
Test AutoSupport delivery settings
Alert configuration
Syslog configuration
Command Reference
Clear syslog configuration
Configure syslog settings
Delete syslog server
Show syslog configuration
Test syslog configuration
Start storage array syslog test
Delete storage array syslog configuration
Create storage array syslog configuration
Update storage array syslog configuration
Embedded SNMP configuration
Command Reference
Register SNMP community
Register SNMP trap destination
Show SNMP communities
Show SNMP MIB II system group variables
Test SNMP trap destination
Unregister SNMP community
Unregister SNMP trap destination
Update SNMP community
Update SNMP MIB II system group variables
Update SNMP trap destination
Email alert configuration
Command Reference
Clear email alert configuration
Configure email alert settings
Delete email alert recipient
Show email alert configuration
Test email alert configuration
Formatting the commands
Structure of a CLI command
Interactive mode
CLI command wrapper syntax
Command line parameters
Structure of a script command
Synopsis of the script commands
Recurring syntax elements
Naming conventions
Formatting CLI commands
Formatting rules for script commands
Formatting CLI commands in Windows PowerShell
Detailed error reporting
Exit status
Adding comments to a script file
Usage guidelines
SMcli https mode
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
ThinkSystem Storage vCenter Plugin
Version 1.30 and later
Version 1.20 and earlier
Online Help
Version 1.20
Documentation Dashboard
Administration
Navigate and view status
Concepts
Interface overview
Supported browsers
User roles and permissions
Operations in progress
How tos
Open and navigate the plugin
View system status
View operations in progress
Manage certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Step 1: Complete a CSR file
Step 2: Submit CSR file
Step 3: Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Array Management
Discover and manage storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Storage array status
How tos
Discover and add storage arrays
Enter network addresses for discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Concepts
DE Plugin for vCenter compared to System Manager
Considerations for accessing System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import array settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage array groups
Concepts
How storage array groups work
How tos
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provisioning
Provision volumes
Concepts
Volume types and characteristics
Volume terminology
Capacity for volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes and workloads
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
FAQs
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Configure hosts
Concepts
How host creation works
Host terminology
How tos
Configure host access
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and host clusters
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
FAQs
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
Configure pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Capacity terminology
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
FAQs
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 1.10
Documentation Dashboard
Administration
Navigate and view status
Concepts
Interface overview
Supported browsers
User roles and permissions
Operations in progress
How tos
Open and navigate the plugin
View system status
View operations in progress
Manage certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Step 1: Complete a CSR file
Step 2: Submit CSR file
Step 3: Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Array Management
Discover and manage storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Storage array status
How tos
Discover and add storage arrays
Enter network addresses for discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Concepts
DE Plugin for vCenter compared to System Manager
Considerations for accessing System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import array settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage array groups
Concepts
How storage array groups work
How tos
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provisioning
Provision volumes
Concepts
Volume types and characteristics
Volume terminology
Capacity for volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes and workloads
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
FAQs
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Configure hosts
Concepts
How host creation works
Host terminology
How tos
Configure host access
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and host clusters
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
FAQs
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
Configure pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Capacity terminology
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
FAQs
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 1.00
Documentation Dashboard
Administration
Navigate and view status
Concepts
Interface overview
Supported browsers
User roles and permissions
Operations in progress
How tos
Open and navigate the plugin
View system status
View operations in progress
Manage certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Step 1: Complete a CSR file
Step 2: Submit CSR file
Step 3: Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Array Management
Discover and manage storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Storage array status
How tos
Discover and add storage arrays
Enter network addresses for discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Concepts
DE Plugin for vCenter compared to System Manager
Considerations for accessing System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import array settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage array groups
Concepts
How storage array groups work
How tos
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provisioning
Provision volumes
Concepts
Volume types and characteristics
Volume terminology
Capacity for volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes and workloads
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
FAQs
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Configure hosts
Concepts
How host creation works
Host terminology
How tos
Configure host access
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and host clusters
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
FAQs
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
Configure pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Capacity terminology
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
FAQs
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Installation and Configuration Guide
Overview
Installation
Review installation prerequisites
Install the ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter software
Register the ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter with a vCenter Server Appliance
Verify the ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter registration
User access
Required vSphere privileges
Configure Storage Administrator role
Set permissions for vCenter Server Appliance
Login and navigation
Storage array discovery
Enter network address for discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Storage provisioning
Create volumes
Create host access and assign volumes
Using HCA to auto-discover the host
Manually creating the host
Create a datastore in vSphere Client
Increase capacity of existing datastore by increasing volume capacity
Increase capacity of existing datastore by adding volumes
ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter removal
Unregistering the ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter from a vCenter Server Appliance
Method 1: Executing the registration script
Method 2: Using the vCenter Server Mob pages
Remove the ThinkSystem DE Series Plugin for vCenter webserver from the Application host
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
ThinkSystem Storage DE Series Hot Links
ThinkSystem DE Series 2U and 4U Enclosures
Installation and Setup Instructions
Hardware Installation and Maintenance Guide
Version 11.80.1
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Quick start
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Hot add a drive shelf
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Determine host port GUIDs and make the recommended settings
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Determine host port GUIDs and make the recommended settings
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9 and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9, and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (RHEL 8, RHEL 9, and SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities (no longer supported from 11.80.1)
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Review requirements
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.80
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.70.4
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Installing DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Install and set up DE6400 and DE6600 storage systems
Install process
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Power on controller shelves
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6400 and DE6600
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller
DIMMs
Overview and requirements
Replace DIMMs
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace DE6400 drive
Replace DE6600 drive
Fans
Overview and requirements
Replace fan
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Upgrade host interface card
Replace failed host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Power supplies
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply
SAS expansion cards
Overview and requirements
Add SAS expansion cards
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
iSER over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up the multipath.conf file
Configure network connections
Configure networking
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSER over InfiniBand worksheet
SRP over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure subnet manager
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine host port GUIDs
Configure network connections - SRP over Infiniband
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SRP over Infiniband worksheet
NVMe over InfiniBand Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager and use the Setup wizard
Configure subnet manager
Set up NVMe over InfiniBand on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over InfiniBand connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
NVMe over InfiniBand worksheet
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Appendix
Version 11.70.3
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Get started
Install the plugin
Configure access permissions
Log in and navigate
Discover storage arrays
Provision storage
View status
Manage certificates
Certificates overview
Use CA-signed certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage arrays
Array management overview
Discover storage arrays
Rename storage array
Change storage array passwords
Remove storage arrays
Launch System Manager
Import settings
Import settings overview
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
Manage array groups
Array groups overview
Create storage array group
Add storage array to group
Rename storage array group
Remove storage arrays from group
Delete storage array group
Upgrade OS software
Upgrade overview
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Clear staged OS software
Manage software repository
Provision storage
Provisioning overview
Create storage
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Add volumes to workload
Change workload settings
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Configure hosts
Host creation overview
Create host access
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Unassign volumes
Change the settings for a host
Delete host or host cluster
Configure pools and volume groups
Pools and volume group overview
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Create SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Turn on locator lights
Remove capacity
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Remove plugin
FAQs
What settings are imported?
Why do I not see all of my storage arrays?
Why are these volumes not associated with a workload?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why do I not see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
Why can I not delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
What is the default cluster?
What is redundancy check?
What is preservation capacity?
What RAID level is best for my application?
Why are some drives not showing up?
Why can I not increase my preservation capacity?
What is Data Assurance?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
How do I maintain shelf and drawer loss protection?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Version 11.70.2
Getting started
Overview
Learn about DE Series systems
DE Series terminology
DE Series hardware overview
DE Series shelf types
ThinkSystem SAN OS software overview
DE Series videos
Get up and running with DE Series
Appendix
Cabling
Overview
Requirements
Host cabling
Drive shelf cabling
Power cabling
Hot add drive shelf
Ethernet cabling
Appendix
Installing DE2000, DE4000, and DE6000
Overview
Install process
Install and set up 60-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Cable shelves
Complete storage system setup
Install and set up 12 and 24-drives
Prepare for install
Install hardware
Connect cables
Complete storage system setup
Appendix
Maintaining DE2000H and DE4000H
Overview
Batteries
Requirements for battery replacement
Prepare to replace battery
Remove controller canister
Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Controllers
Requirements for controller replacement
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Requirements for canister replacement
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Requirements for drive replacement
Replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Requirements for HIC replacement
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol conversion
Requirements for conversion
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining DE6000H
Overview
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Replace battery
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Replace controller in duplex configuration
Canisters
Overview and requirements
Replace power supply (24-drive)
Replace power canister (60-drive)
Replace fan canister (60-drive)
Drives
Overview and requirements
Replace drive (24-drive)
Replace drive (60-drive)
Replace drive drawer (60-drive)
Hot-adding a drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Add host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Replace host interface card
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Change host protocol
Complete host protocol conversion
Appendix
Maintaining an IOM
Replacing an IOM
Preparing to remove an IOM
Removing an IOM
Installing an IOM
After replacing an IOM
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
Rail kit installation instructions
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Linux express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure FC switches
Determine host WWPNs
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
SAS worksheet for Linux
iSCSI Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure host utilities
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure multipath software
Set up multipath.conf file
Configure switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
iSCSI worksheet for Linux
NVMe over RoCE Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on host
Configure NVMe port settings
Connect to storage from host
Define host
Assign volume
Display volumes visible to host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create filesystems (SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Setup
Verify Linux configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Configure FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on host
Access NVMe volumes for virtual device targets
Access NVMe volumes for physical device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on host
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Appendix
VMware express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify VMware configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
Windows express configuration
Overview
Assumptions
Understand the workflow
Verify Windows configuration
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Configure multipath software
Install and configure Unified Host Utilities
Install ThinkSystem Storage Manager
Access ThinkSystem System Manager
Perform FC-specific tasks
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Discover storage on host
Configure storage on host
Verify storage access on host
Appendix
ThinkSystem SAN OS
Overview
Upgrade considerations
Upgrade multiple controllers
Upgrade drive firmware
Appendix
Remote volume mirroring
Overview
Requirements
Set up Remote Storage Volumes
Import remote storage
View import progress
Modify connection settings
Remove remote storage object
Appendix
Storage plugin for vCenter
Overview
Installation
User access
Login and navigation
Storage array discovery
Storage provisioning
Plugin removal
Appendix
Version 11.70.1
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Installing and configuring Windows Unified Host Utilities 7.0
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform NMVe over FC-specific tasks
Configuring the NVMe/FC switches
Determine the host ports WWPNs - NVMe/FC VMware
Enable HBA Driver
NVMe/FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Linux Unified Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
NVMe over RoCE Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over RoCE restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over RoCE connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe Volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for virtual device targets (DM-MP devices)
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create filesystems
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over RoCE-specific information for Linux
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over Fibre Channel restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Step 3: Import signed certificates for controllers
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Create filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over Fibre Channel-specific information for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Multi-Path setup for Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
Version 11.60.2 and 11.60.3
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Installing and configuring Windows Unified Host Utilities 7.0
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses using DHCP
Configure the multipath software
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Linux Unified Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure IP addresses using DHCP
Install and configure Host Utilities
Install for Host Utilities
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
NVMe over RoCE Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over RoCE restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the switch
Set up NVMe over RoCE on the host side
Configure storage array NVMe over RoCE connections
Discover and connect to the storage from the host
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe Volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for virtual device targets (DM-MP devices)
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create filesystems
Create filesystems (RHEL 7 and SLES 12)
Create filesystems (SLES 15)
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over RoCE-specific information for Linux
NVMe over RoCE worksheet for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
NVMe over Fibre Channel restrictions
Configuring IP addresses using DHCP
Download and Setup SMcli from System Manager
Access and use Setup wizard
Configure the FC switches
Set up NVMe over Fibre Channel on the host side
Define a host
Assign a volume
Display the volumes visible to the host
Set up failover on the host
Configuring the host to run failover
Accessing NVMe volumes
Accessing NVMe volumes for physical NVMe device targets
Create partitions and filesystems
Create filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record NVMe over Fibre Channel-specific information for Linux
NVMe over Fibre Channel worksheet for Linux
Multi-Path setup for Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
Version 11.50.3 and earlier
PDF files
Introduction
DE Series hardware overview
Front view
Rear view
Specifications of DE2000 series
Specifications of DE4000 series
Specifications of DE6000 series
Specifications of drive shelves
Management software overview
System setup and configuration
Initial Setup
Rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U24, 3U, 4U rail kit installation instructions
DM/DE Series 2U12 rail kit installation instructions
Cabling your storage system
Overview and requirements
Host cabling
Cabling for a direct-attached topology
Cabling for a switch topology
Drive shelf cabling
Cabling a 12-drive or 24-drive shelf
Cabling a 60-drive shelf
Power cabling
Power sequencing of a multi-enclosure array
Hot adding a drive shelf
Prepare to add the drive shelf
Install the drive shelf and apply power
Connect the drive shelf
Complete hot add
Ethernet cabling for a management station
Direct topology
Switch topology
Windows express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the Windows configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - Windows
Determining host WWPNs and making the recommended settings - FC, Windows
FC worksheet for Windows
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring networking - iSCSI Windows
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, Windows
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, Windows
Recording iSCSI-specific information for Windows
iSCSI worksheet - Windows
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - Windows
Recording SAS-specific information for Windows
SAS worksheet - Windows
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for Windows
VMware express configuration
Deciding whether to use this Express method
Understand the workflow
Verify the VMware configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Configure the multipath software
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Perform FC-specific tasks
Configuring the FC switches - VMware
Determining the host port WWPNs—FC
FC worksheet for VMware
Perform iSCSI-specific tasks
Configuring the switches - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring networking - iSCSI VMware
Configuring array-side networking - iSCSI, VMware
Configuring host-side networking—iSCSI
Verifying IP network connections - iSCSI, VMware
Recording iSCSI-specific information for VMware
iSCSI worksheet - VMware
Perform SAS-specific tasks
Determining SAS host identifiers - VMware
Recording SAS-specific information for VMware
SAS worksheet - VMware
Discover storage on the host
Configure storage on the host
Verify storage access on the host
Multi-Path setup for VMware
Linux express configuration
Decide whether to use this Express method
Fibre Channel Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the FC switches
Determine host WWPNs and make the recommended settings
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record FC-specifc information for Linux
FC worksheet for Linux
SAS Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Determine SAS host identifiers - Linux
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record SAS-specific information for Linux
SAS worksheet - Linux
iSCSI Express Setup
Verify the Linux configuration is supported
Configure management port IP addresses
Install for SMcli and Host Context Agent (HCA)
Access and use the Setup wizard
Configure the multipath software
Setting up the multipath.conf file
Configure the switches
Configure networking
Configure array-side networking
Configure host-side networking
Verify IP network connections
Create partitions and filesystems
Verify storage access on the host
Record iSCSI-specific information for Linux
iSCSI worksheet - Linux
Hardware replacement procedures
Batteries
Overview and requirements
Battery overview
Requirements for replacing a failed battery
Replace battery
Prepare to replace battery
Place controller offline
Remove failed battery
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove failed battery
Install new battery
Step 1: Install new battery
Step 2: Re-install controller canister
Complete battery replacement
Place controller online
Controllers
Overview and requirements
Controller overview
Requirements for replacing controller
Replace a controller
Prepare to replace controller
Remove failed controller
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove battery
Step 3: Remove host interface card
Install new controller
Step 1: Install battery
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Install new controller canister
Complete controller replacement
Power-fan canisters
Overview and requirements
Power supply overview
Requirements for replacing a power supply
Replace power supply (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace power supply
Remove failed power supply
Install new power supply
Complete power supply replacement
Canister
Overview and requirements
Power canister overview
Fan canister overview
Requirements for replacing a power canister
Requirements for replacing a fan canister
Replace power canister
Prepare to replace power canister
Remove failed power canister
Install new power canister
Complete power canister replacement
Replace fan canister
Prepare to replace fan canister
Remove failed fan canister and install new one
Complete fan canister replacement
Drives
Overview and requirements
Drives overview
Requirements for handling drives
Replace drive (12-drive, 24-drive or 60-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Remove failed drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Install new drive (12-drive or 24-drive)
Prepare to replace drive (60-drive)
Remove failed drive (60-drive)
Install new drive (60-drive)
Complete drive replacement (12-drive, 24-drive or 60–drive)
Hot-add drive to a system
Host interface cards
Overview and requirements
Host interface card overview
Requirements for adding, upgrading or replacing a HIC
Add host interface cards
Prepare to add host interface cards
Add host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete adding a host interface card
Upgrade host interface card
Prepare to upgrade host interface cards
Upgrade host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Remove a host interface card
Step 3: Install host interface card
Step 4: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card upgrade
Replace host interface card
Prepare to replace host interface card
Place controller offline
Replace host interface card
Step 1: Remove controller canister
Step 2: Install host interface card
Step 3: Reinstall controller canister
Complete host interface card replacement
Place controller online
Host port protocol
Overview and requirements
Host protocol overview
Which host ports can you change
Requirements for changing the host protocol
Considerations for changing the host protocol
Change host protocol
Determine whether you have dual-protocol SFPs
Obtain the feature pack
Stop host I/O
Change the feature pack
Complete host protocol conversion
Complete FC to iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete iSCSI to FC/iSCSI conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
Complete FC/iSCSI to FC conversion
System upgrade
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS software
Overview and upgrade considerations
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with SAN OS software
Considerations for upgrading software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Considerations for upgrading drive firmware
Workflows for upgrading software and firmware
Upgrade software and firmware with SAN OS software
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate software files
Complete software and firmware upgrade
Upgrade software and firmware with ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Download software files from support site
Transfer software files to the controllers
Activate staged software files (optional)
Upgrade drive firmware
Download drive firmware files from support site
Begin drive firmware upgrade
Additional information
How to access the End-User License Agreement
Legal Information
System monitoring
Understanding the controller LEDs and displays
LEDs on the rear of controllers
LEDs on the operator display panel
Setting the shelf ID with the ODP push button
LEDs on the drives
LEDs on the drive drawer
LEDs on the IOMs
LEDs on the power-fan canister
LEDs on the power canister
LEDs on the fan canister
Seven-segment display overview
Critical Events Reference
Getting help and technical assistance
ThinkSystem SAN Manager and System Manager
SAN Manager 6.1 and System Manager 11.80.1
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume overview
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Access tokens
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 6.0 and System Manager 11.80
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume overview
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Access tokens
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Access Management with SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.4 and System Manager 11.70.4
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View storage hierarchy
Manage interface settings
Manage password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable or disable resource provisioning (existing volumes)
Enable or disable resource provisioning (new volumes)
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
What do I need to know about SSD endurance and overprovisioning?
What is resource provisioning capable?
What do I need to know about the resource-provisioned volumes feature?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Terms
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume function
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know about host block size requirements?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Terms
Workflow for creating snapshot images and volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Configure remote login (SSH)
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Configure iSER over InfiniBand ports
View iSER over InfiniBand statistics
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over InfiniBand ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Manage hot spares
Hot spare drive overview
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
How do I interpret iSER over InfiniBand statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSER over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over InfiniBand?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Why are there two IP addresses for one physical port?
Why are there two sets of parameters for one physical port?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Terms
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Use access tokens
Create access tokens
Edit access token settings
Revoke access tokens
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
How mirroring works
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.3 and System Manager 11.70.3
Release notes
What's new
Release notes
Get started
Overview
Supported browsers and OSs
System Manager setup
Access System Manager
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don’t see all of my hardware components?
What if I don’t see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array?
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended pool configuration?
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
SAN Manager setup
Install SAN Manager
Access SAN Manager
System Manager
Main interface
System Manager interface overview
View performance data
Overview
Performance graphs and guidelines
Performance terminology
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
View array components
Manage interface settings
Set password protection
Set default capacity values
Set defaults for performance graphs
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Manage notifications
Problem notifications overview
View and act on operations in progress
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
FAQs
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
Pools and volume groups
Overview
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Terms
Selecting a pool or volume group
Automatic versus manual pool creation
Configure storage
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create volume group
Add capacity to pool or volume group
Manage storage
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Locate drive used for storage
Remove capacity
Modify pool and group settings
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change configuration settings for a volume group
Enable security
Manage SSD cache
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Create SSD Cache
Change SSD Cache settings
View SSD Cache statistics
Manage reserved capacity
How reserved capacity works
Increase capacity
Decrease capacity
Change capacity for snapshot group
Change capacity for snapshot volume
Change capacity consistency group member volume
Change capacity settings for mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can’t I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What is the optimal drive positioning for pools and volume groups?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can’t I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
What is optimization capacity for pools?
What is optimization capacity for volume groups?
Volumes and workloads
Overview
Concepts
How volumes work
How workloads work
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security
SSD Cache and volumes
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Thick volumes versus thin volumes
Configure storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Add to workload
Manage volumes
Increase capacity
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership
Delete volume
Change allocated capacity for thin volumes
Manage settings
Change volume settings
Change workload settings
Change cache settings
Change media scan settings
Use copy services
Copy Volume function
Types of operations
Copy volumes
Manage operations
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren’t these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don’t I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Hosts and host clusters
Overview
Concepts
Terms
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
How volumes are assigned
Access volumes
Maximum number of LUNs
Default host operating system type
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Assign volumes to hosts
Manage hosts and clusters
Change default host type
Unassign volumes
Delete host or host cluster
Set host connectivity reporting
Manage settings
Change settings for host
Change settings for host cluster
Change host port identifiers for host
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is the default cluster?
What is host connectivity reporting?
Snapshots
Overview
Concepts
How snapshot storage works
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
Requirements
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volumes
Manage snapshot schedules
Change settings
Activate and suspend
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume
Remove member volume
Change settings
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change volume settings for snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
Why don’t I see all my volumes, hosts, or host clusters?
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Mirroring
Overview
Async mirroring
Sync mirroring
Async concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
Sync concepts
How synchronous mirroring works
Terms
Workflow
Requirements
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
Manage async mirror consistency groups
Test communication
Suspend or resume synchronization
Change sync settings
Re-sync mirror consistency group
View unsync data amount
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage async mirrored pairs
Remove async mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change reserved capacity for mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Manage sync mirrored pairs
Test communication
Suspend and resume synchronization
Change role between volumes
Change sync settings
Remove mirror relationship
Deactivate mirroring
Deactivate async mirroring
Deactivate sync mirroring
Async FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can’t I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can’t I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Sync FAQs
How does synchronous mirroring differ from asynchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Overview
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Terms
Feature requirements
Volume requirements
Manage remote storage
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don’t I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware components
Overview
Concepts
Hardware page
Hardware terms
Manage shelf components
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
Manage controllers
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
Configure management port
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
Manage iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe ports
NVMe overview
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage drives
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
Limit drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
Unlock or reset locked NVMe or FIPS drives
Shelf FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controller FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose - DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
iSCSI FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
NVMe FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
Drive FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Alerts
Overview
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients
Edit email addresses
Add email addresses
Delete mail server or email addresses
Edit mail server
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities
Edit user settings
Add communities
Add users
Remove communities
Remove users
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server
Edit syslog servers
Add syslog servers
Delete syslog servers
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
Array settings
Settings overview
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Configure array settings
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Change cache settings
Set automatic load balancing
Enable or disable legacy management interface
Configure add-on features
How add-on features work
Add-on terms
Obtain feature key file
Enable premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download CLI
FAQs
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
Drive security
Overview
Concepts
How Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Terms
Configure security keys
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Manage security keys
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
SAML
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Use SAML
Configure SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
Manage syslog
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate info
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Overview
View information and diagnostics
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery actions
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage AutoSupport
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
View events
Event log overview
View event log
Manage upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS Software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
SAN Manager
Main interface
SAN Manager interface overview
Supported browsers
Set admin password protection
Change the admin password
Manage session timeouts
Storage arrays
Overview
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
Considerations for accessing System Manager
Discover arrays
Discover multiple storage arrays
Discover single array
Manage arrays
View array status
Launch System Manager
Change array passwords
Remove arrays from view
Settings import
Overview
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
Use batch imports
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don’t I see all of my storage arrays?
Array groups
Overview
Configure groups
Remove arrays from group
Delete group
Rename group
Upgrades
Overview
Upgrade software and firmware
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Mirroring
Overview
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Configuration workflow
Terms
Requirements
Configure mirroring
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Create synchronous mirrored pair
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Certificates
Overview
Concepts
How certificates work
Terms
Use management host certificates
Reset management certificates
Use array certificates
Import certificates for arrays
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Manage certificates
View certificates
Export certificates
Access management
Overview
Concepts
How Access Management works
Terms
Permissions for mapped roles
Local user roles
Directory services
Use local user roles
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Use directory services
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can’t I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Earlier versions
Appendix
SAN Manager 5.2 and earlier
Version 5.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 5.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 5.0
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Submit CSR file
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 4.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Mirroring
Concepts
Mirroring overview
Mirroring configuration workflow
Mirroring terminology
Requirements for using mirroring
How tos
Create asynchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Create or select a mirror consistency group
Step 2: Select the primary volume
Step 3: Select the secondary volume
Create synchronous mirrored pair
Step 1: Select the primary volume
Step 2: Select the secondary volume
Step 3: Select synchronization settings
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 4.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.2
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.1
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
What's new in ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates during discovery
Resolve untrusted certificates during discovery
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Upgrade Center
Concepts
How upgrades work
Upgrade considerations
How tos
Perform pre-upgrade health check
Upgrade ThinkSystem SAN OS
Activate staged OS software
Manage software repository
Clear staged OS software
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 3.0
Help Dashboard for ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Home
SAN Manager overview
Concepts
Interface overview
Supported browsers
SAN Manager administration
Concepts
Administrator password protection
How tos
Change the admin password
Change storage array passwords
Manage session timeouts
Manage
Add/Discover storage arrays
Concepts
Considerations for discovering arrays
How tos
Discover multiple storage arrays
Enter network address
Resolve self-signed certificates
Resolve untrusted certificates
Provide passwords
Discover single array
Launch System Manager
Concepts
Considerations for accessing ThinkSystem System Manager
How tos
Manage an individual storage array
Import Settings
Concepts
How Import Settings works
Requirements for replicating storage configurations
How tos
Import alert settings
Import AutoSupport settings
Import directory services settings
Import system settings
Import storage configuration settings
FAQs
What settings will be imported?
Why don't I see all of my storage arrays?
Manage groups
Concepts
Storage array groups
Storage array status
How tos
Manage groups
Create storage array group
Delete storage array group
Rename storage array group
Add storage array to group
Remove storage arrays from group
Remove storage arrays from ThinkSystem SAN Manager
Certificates and Access
Certificate Management
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Complete a CA certificate signing request (CSR)
Import management certificates
Reset management certificates
Import certificates for arrays
View certificates
Export certificates
Delete trusted certificates
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
What are the local users?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
System Manager 11.70.2 and earlier
Version 11.70.2
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Remote storage
Concepts
How Remote Storage works
Remote Storage terminology
Remote storage requirements
Remote storage volume requirements
How tos
Import remote storage
Manage progress of remote storage imports
Modify connection settings for remote storage
Remove remote storage object
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don't I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP alerts
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Edit communities for SNMPv2c traps
Edit user settings for SNMPv3 traps
Add communities for SNMPv2c traps
Add users for SNMPv3 traps
Remove communities for SNMPv2c traps
Remove users for SNMPv3 traps
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives when using internal key management
Unlock drives when using external key management
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs
Why can't I log in?
What do I need to know before adding a directory server?
What do I need to know about mapping to storage array roles?
Which external management tools may be affected by this change?
What do I need to know before configuring and enabling SAML?
What types of events are recorded in the audit log?
What do I need to know before configuring a syslog server?
The syslog server is no longer receiving audit logs. What do I do?
Certificates
Concepts
How certificates work
Certificate terminology
How tos
Use CA-signed certificates for controllers
Step 1: Complete CSRs for the controllers
Step 2: Submit the CSR files
Step 3: Import signed certificates for controllers
Reset management certificates
View imported certificate information
Import certificates for controllers when acting as clients
Enable certificate revocation checking
Delete trusted certificates
Use CA-signed certificates for authentication with a key management server
Step 1: Complete and submit CSR for authentication with a key management server
Step 2: Import certificates for the key management server
Export key management server certificates
FAQs
Why does the Cannot Access Other Controller dialog box appear?
How do I know what certificates need to be uploaded to System Manager for external key management?
What do I need to know about certificate revocation checking?
What types of servers will revocation checking be enabled for?
Support
Support center
Concepts
AutoSupport feature overview
Workflow for the AutoSupport feature
How tos
View storage array information
View storage array profile
View software and firmware inventory
Collect diagnostic data
Collect support data manually
Collect configuration data
Retrieve recovery support files
Retrieve trace buffers
Collect I/O path statistics
Retrieve health image
Take recovery action on storage array status
View unreadable sectors log
Re-enable drive ports
Clear recovery mode
Manage iSCSI connections
View iSCSI statistics packages
View the different types of iSCSI statistics
MAC transmit and MAC receive statistics
Ethernet TCP/IP statistics
iSCSI target statistics and local initiator statistics
DCBX operational state statistics
LLDP TLV statistics
DCBX TLV statistics
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
Manage NVMe connections
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
Manage AutoSupport
Enable or disable AutoSupport features
Configure AutoSupport delivery method
Schedule AutoSupport dispatches
Send AutoSupport dispatches
View AutoSupport status
View AutoSupport log
Enable AutoSupport maintenance window
Disable AutoSupport maintenance window
FAQs
What data am I collecting?
What does unreadable sectors data show me?
What is a health image?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose iSCSI?
What do the AutoSupport features do?
What type of data is collected through the AutoSupport feature?
How do I configure the delivery method for the AutoSupport feature?
What is configuration data?
Event log
Concepts
Critical events
Event log
How tos
View events using the event log
Upgrade center
Concepts
Controller software and firmware upgrades
Workflow for controller software and firmware upgrade
Drive firmware upgrades
How tos
Upgrade software and firmware
Activate controller software and firmware
Upgrade drive firmware
Review the possible software and firmware upgrade errors
FAQs
What do I need to know before upgrading the ThinkSystem SAN OS software?
What do I need to know before suspending IOM auto-synchronization?
Why is my firmware upgrade progressing so slowly?
What do I need to know before upgrading drive firmware?
How do I choose which type of upgrade to perform?
Contacting Support
Notices
Trademarks
Version 11.70.1
Help Dashboard for System Manager
Home
System Manager overview
Concepts
System Manager's Home page
What's new in ThinkSystem System Manager
Setup wizard
Concepts
Setup wizard overview
Setup wizard terminology
FAQs
What if I don't see all of my hardware components?
What if I don't see all of my hosts?
How does identifying applications help me manage my storage array...
What is a workload?
How do I configure the delivery method for AutoSupport?
How do I know if I should accept the recommended...
System Manager has not detected any hosts. What do I do?
Storage array administration
Concepts
Storage array overview
Administrator password protection
Problem notification
Operations in progress
How tos
Set default units for capacity values
Set default time frame for performance graphs
Recover from problems using Recovery Guru
View and act on operations in progress
FAQs
Where can I find more information about display preferences?
What are the supported browsers?
What are the keyboard shortcuts?
Storage
Pools and volume groups
Concepts
How pools and volume groups work
Capacity terminology
How reserved capacity works
How SSD Cache works
SSD Cache restrictions
Decide whether to use a pool or a volume group
Functional comparison of pools and volume groups
Automatic versus manual pool creation
How tos
Create pools and volume groups
Create pool automatically
Create pool manually
Create a volume group
Create SSD Cache
Add capacity to a pool or volume group
Manage pools, volume groups, and SSD Cache
Change configuration settings for a pool
Change SSD Cache settings
Change configuration settings for a volume group
View SSD Cache statistics
Check volume redundancy
Delete pool or volume group
Consolidate free capacity for a volume group
Export/Import volume groups
Manage drives
Turn on locator lights in a pool, volume group, or SSD Cache
Remove capacity from a pool or SSD Cache
Enable security for a pool or volume group
Assign hot spares
Replace drive logically
Manage reserved capacity
Increase reserved capacity
Decrease reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot group
Change the reserved capacity settings for a snapshot volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a consistency group member volume
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Cancel pending snapshot image
Delete snapshot group
FAQs
What is a hot spare drive?
What is a volume group?
What is a pool?
What is reserved capacity?
What is FDE/FIPS security?
What is redundancy check?
What are the differences between pools and volume groups?
Why would I want to manually configure a pool?
Why are capacity alerts important?
Why can't I increase my preservation capacity?
Is there a limit on the number of drives I can remove from a pool?
What media types are supported for a drive?
Why are some drives not showing up?
How do I maintain shelf/drawer loss protection?
What RAID level is best for my application?
What is Data Assurance?
What is secure-capable (Drive Security)?
What do I need to know about increasing reserved capacity?
Why can't I choose another amount to decrease by?
Why do I need reserved capacity for each member volume?
How do I view and interpret all SSD Cache statistics?
Volumes
Concepts
Volumes in the storage array
Volume terminology
Workflow for creating volumes
Data integrity and data security for volumes
SSD Cache and volumes
Application-specific workloads
Actions you can perform on volumes
Capacity for volumes
Thin volume monitoring
Comparison between thick volumes and thin volumes
Copy Volume function
Types of Copy Volume operations
Remote storage
How tos
Create storage
Create workloads
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Manage volumes
Increase capacity of a volume
Change settings for a volume
Initialize volumes
Redistribute volumes
Change controller ownership of a volume
Change cache settings for a volume
Change media scan settings for a volume
Delete volume
Manage applications and workloads
Add to workload
Change workload settings
Work with copy services
Copy volume
Take action on a Copy Volume operation
Monitor thin volumes
Change allocated capacity limit for a thin volume
FAQs
What is a volume?
Why am I seeing a capacity over-allocation error when I have enough free capacity in a volume group to create volumes?
How does my selected workload impact volume creation?
Why aren't these volumes associated with a workload?
Why can’t I delete the selected workload?
How do application-specific workloads help me manage my storage array?
How does providing this information help create storage?
What do I need to do to recognize the expanded capacity?
Why don't I see all my pools and/or volume groups?
What is segment size?
What is preferred controller ownership?
What is Automatic Load Balancing?
When would I want to use the assign host later selection?
What do I need to know before creating a remote storage connection?
Why am I being prompted to remove my remote volumes?
Why don't I see all my volumes on my destination array?
What do I need to know about the remote volume in an import?
What do I need to know before starting a remote storage import?
Hosts
Concepts
Host terminology
Workflow for host creation and volume assignment
Automatic versus manual host creation
Assigning volumes to hosts and host clusters
Access volumes
Restricted volume assignments
How tos
Configure host access
Create host automatically
Create host manually
Create host cluster
Create volumes
Step 1: Select host for a volume
Step 2: Select a workload for a volume
Step 3: Add or edit volumes
Step 4: Review volume configuration
Assign volumes
Manage hosts and host clusters
Change the settings for a host
Change the settings for a host cluster
Unassign volumes
Changing the host port identifiers for a host
Delete a host or host cluster
FAQs
What are hosts and host clusters?
Why would I need to create a host cluster?
How do I know which host operating system type is correct?
What are HBAs and adapter ports?
How do I match the host ports to a host?
How do I create CHAP secrets?
What is a default cluster?
Why the number of LUN is different in legacy post after create 4 Luns in DE series storage with BROADCOM 430-16e ?
Performance
Concepts
Performance overview
Performance terminology
How tos
View graphical performance data
View and save tabular performance data
Interpret performance data
FAQs
How do performance statistics for individual volumes relate to the total?
Why does data display as zero in the graphs and table?
What does the Latency graph show?
What does the IOPS graph show?
What does the MiB/s graph show?
What does the CPU graph show?
What does the Headroom graph show?
Snapshots
Concepts
How snapshot images are used
Overview of snapshot storage
Requirements and guidelines for snapshots
Base volumes, reserved capacity, and snapshot groups
Snapshot schedules and snapshot consistency groups
Snapshot volumes
Snapshot rollback
Snapshot terminology
Workflow for creating snapshot images and snapshot volumes
How tos
Create snapshots and snapshot objects
Create snapshot image
Schedule snapshot images
Create snapshot consistency group
Step 1: Add members to snapshot consistency group
Step 2: Reserve capacity for snapshot consistency group
Step 3: Edit settings for snapshot consistency group
Create snapshot volume
Step 1: Review members for a snapshot volume
Step 2: Assign snapshot volume to host
Step 3: Reserve capacity for a snapshot volume
Step 4: Edit settings for a snapshot volume
Manage snapshot schedules
Change the settings for a snapshot schedule
Activate and suspend snapshot schedule
Delete snapshot schedule
Manage snapshot images
View snapshot image settings
Start snapshot image rollback for a base volume
Start snapshot image rollback for snapshot consistency group member volumes
Resume snapshot image rollback
Cancel snapshot image rollback
Delete snapshot image
Manage snapshot consistency groups
Add member volume to a snapshot consistency group
Remove a member volume from a snapshot consistency group
Change the settings for a snapshot consistency group
Delete snapshot consistency group
Manage snapshot volumes
Convert snapshot volume to read-write mode
Change the volume settings for a snapshot volume
Copy snapshot volume
Re-create snapshot volume
Disable snapshot volume
Delete snapshot volume
FAQs
What is a snapshot image?
Why use snapshot images?
What kinds of volumes can be used for snapshots?
Why would I create a snapshot consistency group?
What is a snapshot volume and when does it need reserved capacity?
What is a snapshot group?
Why would I disable a snapshot volume?
What is the Disabled state?
Why would I suspend a snapshot schedule?
Asynchronous mirroring
Concepts
How asynchronous mirroring works
Asynchronous mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume asynchronously
Requirements for using asynchronous mirroring
Asynchronous mirror status
Volume ownership
Role change of a mirror consistency group
How tos
Manage mirror consistency groups
Test communication for mirror consistency groups
Suspend or resume synchronization for mirror consistency group
Change synchronization settings for a mirror consistency group
Re-synchronize mirror consistency group manually
View unsynchronized data amount between mirror consistency groups
Update remote IP address
Change mirror consistency group role to primary or secondary
Delete mirror consistency group
Manage asynchronous mirrored pairs
Remove asynchronous mirror relationship
Increase reserved capacity
Change the reserved capacity settings for a mirrored pair volume
Complete mirrored pair for primary volumes created on legacy system
Deactivate asynchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Why can't I access my chosen mirroring feature?
What do I need to know before creating a mirror consistency group?
Asynchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What do I need to know before increasing my reserved capacity on a mirrored pair volume?
Why can't I increase reserved capacity with my requested amount?
Why would I change this percentage?
Why do I see more than one reserved capacity candidate?
Why do I see Not Available values displayed in the table?
Why don’t I see all of my pools and volume groups?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Asynchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Why would I update my remote storage array’s IP address?
Synchronous Mirroring
Concepts
About Synchronous Mirroring
Synchronous Mirroring terminology
Workflow for mirroring a volume synchronously
Requirements for using synchronous mirroring
Synchronous mirroring status
Volume ownership
Role change between volumes in a mirrored pair
How Tos
Manage synchronous mirrored volume pairs
Test communications for synchronous mirroring
Suspend and resume synchronization for a mirrored pair
Change role between volumes in a mirrored pair
Change synchronization settings for a mirrored pair
Remove synchronous mirror relationship
Deactivate synchronous mirroring
FAQs
How does asynchronous mirroring differ from synchronous mirroring?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all my volumes?
Synchronous mirroring - Why don’t I see all the volumes on the remote storage array?
Synchronous mirroring - What do I need to know before creating a mirrored pair?
What impact does synchronization priority have on synchronization rates?
Why is it recommended to use a manual synchronization policy?
Hardware
Shelves
Concepts
Hardware page overview
Hardware terminology
How tos
View hardware components
Show or hide component status
Switch between front and back views
Change view order of shelves
Turn on shelf locator light
Change shelf IDs
View shelf component status and settings
Update battery learn cycles
FAQs
What is shelf loss protection and drawer loss protection?
What are battery learn cycles?
Controllers
Concepts
Controller terminology
Controller states
Considerations for assigning IP addresses
How tos
Configure management port
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
Configure NTP server addresses
Configure DNS server addresses
View controller settings
Allow remote login
Place controller online
Place controller offline
Place controller in service mode
Reset (reboot) controller
FAQs
What is auto-negotiation?
What is IPv6 stateless address auto-configuration?
Which do I choose -- DHCP or manual configuration?
What is a DHCP server?
How do I configure my DHCP server?
Why do I need to change the controller network configuration?
Where do I get the network configuration?
What are ICMP PING responses?
When should I refresh the port configuration or the iSNS server from the DHCP server?
What should I do after configuring the management ports?
Why is the storage system in non-optimal mode?
Drives
Concepts
Drive terminology
Drive states
Solid State Disks (SSDs)
Hot spare drives
How tos
Limit the drive view
Turn on drive locator light
View drive status and settings
Replace drive logically
Reconstruct drive manually
Initialize (format) drive
Fail drive
Assign hot spares
Unassign hot spares
Erase drives
FAQs
What is preservation capacity?
Why would I logically replace a drive?
Where can I view the status of a drive undergoing reconstruction?
Settings
Alerts
Concepts
How alerts work
Alerts terminology
How tos
Manage email alerts
Configure mail server and recipients for alerts
Edit email addresses for alerts
Add email addresses for alerts
Delete mail server or email addresses for alerts
Edit mail server for alerts
Manage SNMP alerts
Configure communities and destinations for SNMP alerts
Edit community names for SNMP traps
Add community names for SNMP traps
Remove community name for SNMP traps
Configure SNMP MIB variables
Add trap destinations for SNMP alerts
Delete trap destinations
Manage syslog alerts
Configure syslog server for alerts
Edit syslog servers for alerts
Add syslog servers for alerts
Delete syslog servers for alerts
FAQs
What if alerts are disabled?
How do I configure SNMP or syslog alerts?
Why are timestamps inconsistent between the array and alerts?
System
System: Storage array settings
Concepts
Cache settings and performance
Automatic load balancing overview
Default host operating system type
How tos
Edit storage array name
Turn on storage array locator lights
Synchronize storage array clocks
Save storage array configuration
Clear storage array configuration
Configure login banner
Manage session timeouts
Change cache settings for the storage array
Set host connectivity reporting
Set automatic load balancing
Change default host type
FAQs
What is controller cache?
What is cache flushing?
What is cache block size?
When should I synchronize storage array clocks?
What is host connectivity reporting?
System: iSCSI settings
Concepts
iSCSI terminology
How tos
Configure iSCSI ports
Configure iSCSI authentication
Enable iSCSI discovery settings
View iSCSI statistics packages
View iSCSI sessions
End iSCSI session
FAQs
What happens when I use an iSNS server for registration?
Which registration methods are automatically supported for iSCSI?
System: NVMe settings
Concepts
NVMe overview
NVMe terminology
How tos
Configure NVMe over RoCE ports
View NVMe over Fabrics statistics
FAQs
How do I interpret NVMe over Fabrics statistics?
What else do I need to do to configure or diagnose NVMe over RoCE?
System: Add-on features
Concepts
How add-on features work
Add-on feature terminology
How tos
Obtain a feature key file
Enable a premium feature
Enable feature pack
Download the command line interface (CLI)
System: Security key management
Concepts
How the Drive Security feature works
How security key management works
Drive Security terminology
How tos
Create internal security key
Create external security key
Change security key
Switch from external to internal key management
Edit key management server settings
Back up security key
Validate security key
Unlock drives using a security key
FAQs
What do I need to know before creating a security key?
Why do I need to define a pass phrase?
Why is it important to record security key information?
What do I need to know before backing up a security key?
What do I need to know before unlocking secure drives?
What is read/write accessibility?
What do I need to know about validating the security key?
What is the difference between internal security key and external security key management?
Access Management
Concepts
How Access Management works
Access Management terminology
Permissions for mapped roles
Access Management with local user roles
Access Management with directory services
Access Management with SAML
How tos
View local user roles
Change passwords
Change local user password settings
Add directory server
Edit directory server settings and role mappings
Remove directory server
Configure SAML
Step 1: Upload the IdP metadata file
Step 2: Export Service Provider files
Step 3: Map roles
Step 4: Test SSO login
Step 5: Enable SAML
Change SAML role mappings
Export SAML Service Provider files
View audit log activity
Define audit log policies
Delete events from the audit log
Configure syslog server for audit logs
Edit syslog server settings for audit log records
FAQs